Vedantu’s

Vedantu’s Tatva Practice

Tatva Practice Book | Book
Physics - Vol. !

Physics
Volume 2 Class 12 JEE

SCAN CODE
to know how to
use this Book
Published by
Vedantu Innovations Pvt. Ltd.
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floor, Vistar Arcade,
14th Main Rd, Sector 3, HSR Layout
Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 102
www.vedantu.com

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information
storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers.
Notice: Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best resources and knowledge.
Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book from sources regarded
as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this book. However, as authors and
publishers, we are not to be held responsible for unintentional mistakes that might have crept
in. Having stated that, errors (if any) brought to our notice shall be gratefully acknowledged
and rectified in upcoming editions.

Printed by
LASERPRINTS
Quality - Ethics - Service
H-4 (a), Electronic Complex, Road No.1 IPIA, Kota
(Rajasthan) INDIA
Phones : 0744-2436941Mobile : 9829037941
*Mail ID : [email protected], [email protected]
MASTER INDEX .
VOLUME 1:
Electrostatics
Capacitance
Current Electricity

VOLUME 2:
Magnetic Effect of Current
Magnetism and Matter
Electromagnetic Induction
Alternating Current & Electromagnetic Waves

VOLUME 3:
Ray Optics and Optical Instruments
Wave Optics

VOLUME 4:
Modern Physics
Semiconductors
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 7

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 29

Exercise - 2 : Previous Years JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 34

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 43

Exercise - 4 : Previous Years JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 58

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 160

MAGNETISM AND MATTER

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 68

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 75

Exercise - 2 : Previous Years JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 77

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 163

 ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 80

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 93

Exercise - 2 : Previous Years JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 98

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 102

Exercise - 4 : Previous Years JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 113

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 164

ALTERNATING CURRENT AND ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 121

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 139

Exercise - 2 : Previous Years JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 144

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 155

Exercise - 4 : Previous Years JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 157

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 167

MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 6

04
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 9
Chapter 04

MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

4. The magnitude of magnetic field at any point is
1. MAGNETIC FIELD LINES
represented by the number of magnetic field lines
Magnetic field line is an imaginary curve, the tangent to passing normally through unit area around that point.
which at any point gives us the direction of magnetic field Therefore, crowded lines represent a strong magnetic

B at that point. field and lines which are not so crowded represent a
If we imagine a number of small compass needless around a weak magnetic field.
magnet, each compass needle experiences a torque due to
the field of the magnet. The torque acting on a compass 5. No two magnetic field lines can intersect each other. If
needle aligns it in the direction of the magnetic field. they intersect then there will be two tangent at the
The path along which the compass needles are aligned is same point which gives two directions of magnetic
known as magnetic field line.
field which is not possible.

Fig. 4.3

2. Magnetic Force

Fig. 4.1 In order to define the magnetic field B , we deduce an

Properties of magnetic field lines expression for the force on a moving charge in a magnetic

1. The magnetic field lines of a magnet (or of a solenoid field.

carrying current) form closed continuous loops. Consider a positive charge q moving in a uniform magnetic
2. Outside the body of the magnet, the direction of   
magnetic field lines is from north pole to south pole. field B , with a velocity v . Let the angle between v and
3. At any given point, tangent to the magnetic field line 
 B be .
represents the direction of net magnetic field ( B ) at
that point.

Fig. 4.2
Fig. 4.4

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 8


 The magnitude of force F experienced by the moving
charge is directly proportional to the magnitude of the
charge i.e. Fq

 The magnitude of force F is directly proportional to
the component of velocity acting perpendicular to the

direction of magnetic field, i.e. F  vsin 


 The magnitude of force F is directly proportional to Fig. 4.6

the magnitude of the magnetic field applied i.e., Fq Definition of B
Combining the above factors, we get If v = 1, q = 1 and sin  = 1 or  = 90°, then from (1),
F  qv sin B or F = kqv B sin  F = 1 × 1 × B × 1 = B.
where k is a constant of proportionality. Its value is Thus the magnetic field induction at a point in the magnetic
found to be one i.e. k = 1. field is equal to the force experienced by a unit charge

F = qv B sin  ...(1) moving with a unit velocity perpendicular to the direction of

   magnetic field at that point.

F  q vB  ...(2)
Special Cases

The direction of F is the direction of cross-product of Case (i) If  = 0° or 180°, then sin  = 0.
 
velocity v and magnetic field B , which is perpendicular From (1),
  F = qv B (0) = 0.
to the plane containing v and B . It is directed as given
It means, a charged particle moving along or opposite to the
by the Right- Handed-Screw Rule or Right-Hand Rule.
  direction of magnetic field, does not experience any force.
If v and B are in the plane of paper, then according to
Case (ii) If v = 0, then F = qv B sin  = 0.

Right-Hand Rule, the direction of F on positively charged It means, if a charged particle is at rest in a magnetic field, it
particle will be perpendicular to the plane of paper experiences no force.
upwards and on negatively charged particle will be Case (iii) If  = 90°, then sin  = 1
perpendicular to the plane of paper downwards, as shown
F = qv B (1) = qv B (Maximum).
in figure 4.5

Unit of B . SI unit of B is tesla (T) or weber/(metre)2 i.e.

(Wb/m2) or Ns C-1 m-1

Thus, the magnetic field induction at a point is said to be one

Tesla if a charge of one coulomb while moving at right angle

to a magnetic field, with a velocity of 1 m s–1 experiences a

Fig. 4.5 force of 1 newton, at that point.

MLT 2
Dimensions of B    MA 1T 2 
AT LT 1


SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 9

3. Motion of a Charged Particle in a Uniform  The time period of revolution of the particle in the
Magnetic Field magnetic field will be
Case I. Charge: particle enters magnetic field 1 2m
T  ... (2)
perpendicularly f Bq

From (1) and (2), we note that f and T do not depend upon

velocity v of the particle. It means, all the charged particles

having the same specific charge (charge/mass) but moving

with different velocities at a point, will complete their

circular paths in the same time.

Case II Charge particle enters a magnetic field at an

angle .

Suppose a particle of mass m and charge q, entering a

Fig. 4.7  
uniform magnetic field induction B at O, with velocity v,
Here, magnetic field is shown perpendicular to the plane of
making an angle q with the direction of magnetic field
paper directed inwards and particle is moving in the plane of
paper. When the particle is at points A, C and D the acting in the plane of paper as shown in figure
direction of magnetic force on the particle will be along AO,
CO and DO respectively, i.e., directed towards the centre O
of the circular path.

The force F on the charged particle due to magnetic field

provides the required centripetal force necessary for motion
along a circular path of radius r.

mv2
Bq v 
r
Bqr
v
m
Fig. 4.8
 The angular velocity of rotation of the particle in 
Resolving v into two rectangular components,
v Bqr Bq
magnetic field will be     we have : v cos  (= v1) acts in the direction of the magnetic
r mr m
 The frequency of rotation of the particle in magnetic field and v sin  (= v2) acts perpendicular to the direction of
field will be magnetic field.

 Bq For velocity component v 2 , the force acting on the
f  ... (1)
2 2m   
charged particle due to magnetic field is F  q v 2  B  
 
or . F  q v 2  B  qv 2 B sin 90  q  v sin   B

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 10


 The direction of this force F is perpendicular to the 3. If charged particle is moving perpendicular to the
 
 direction of B , it experiences a maximum force
plane containing B and v 2 and is directed as given

by Right hand rule. As this force is to remain always which acts perpendicular to the direction B as well as
 
perpendicular to v 2 it does not perform any work and v. Hence this force will provide the required
 centripetal force and the charged particle will describe
hence cannot change the magnitude of velocity v 2 . It
a circular path in the magnetic field of radius r, given
changes only the direction of motion of the particle.
Due to it, the charged particle is made to move on a mv 2
by  Bqv .
r
circular path in the magnetic field, as shown in above
figure. Lorentz Force
 For component velocity v1   v cos   , there will be no The force experienced by a charged particle moving in
force on the charged particle in the magnetic field, space where both electric and magnetic fields exist is

because the angle between v1 and B is zero. Thus the called Lorentz force.

charged particle covers the linear distance in direction Force due to electric field: When a charged particle

of the magnetic field with a constant speed v cos . carrying charge +q is subjected to an electric field of

Therefore, under the combined effect of the two strength E , it experiences a force given by
component velocities, the charged particle in magnetic  
Fe  q E ... (3)
field will cover linear path as well as circular path i.e. 
the path of the charged particle will be helical, whose whose direction is the same as that of E .

axis is parallel to the direction of magnetic field. Force due to magnetic field: If the charged particle is
 
 The linear distance covered by the charged particle in moving in a magnetic field B , with a velocity v it
the magnetic field in time equal to one revolution of its experiences a force given by
circular path (known as pitch of helix) will be   

Fm  q v  B 
2m
d  v1T  vcos   
Bq The direction of this force is in the direction of v  B
 
Important points i.e. perpendicular to the plane containing v and B is
directed as given by Right hand screw rule.
1. If a charged particle having charge q is at rest in a
 Due to both the electric and magnetic fields, the
magnetic field B , it experiences no force; as v = 0
total force experienced by the charged particle will be
and F = q v B sin  = 0.
given by
2. If charged particle is moving parallel to the direction
         
of B , it also does not experience any force because   
F  Fe  Fm  qE  q v  B  q E  v  B 
 
angle  between v and B is 0° or 180° and sin 0° =    

F  q E  vB  ... (4)
sin 180° = 0. Therefore, the charged particle in this
situation will continue moving along the same path This is called Lorentz force.

with the same velocity.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 11

Special cases well as to the axis of slits, as shown in figure. When a beam
 
Case I. When v , E and B , all the three are collinear. In of charged particles of different charges and masses after
this situation, the charged particle is moving parallel or passing through slit S1 enters the region of crossed electric
antiparallel to the fields, the magnetic force on the charged  
field E and magnetic field B each particle experiences a
particle is zero. The electric force on the charged particle
force due to these fields. Those particles which are moving

 qE with the velocity v, irrespective of their mass and charge,
will produce acceleration a  , along the direction of
m the force on each such particle due to electric field (qE) is
electric field. As a result of this, there will be change in the
equal and opposite to the force due to magnetic field (q v B),
speed of charged particle along the direction of the field. In
then q E = q v B or v = E/B
this situation there will be no change in the direction of
motion of the charged particle but, the speed, velocity,
momentum and kinetic energy of charged particle will
change.
 
Case II. When E and B are parallel to each other and
velocity is at some random angle to their mutual direction.
In this case velocity component perpendicular to the field
direction will make it go in circles and parallel component
of velocity will make it go faster as Electric field will be
accelerating the particle. In this case motion will be a helical
path with non-uniform pitch. Fig. 4.9
 
Case III. When v , E and B are mutually perpendicular to Such particles will go undeviated and filtered out of the
  region through the slit S2. Therefore, the particles emerging
each other. In this situation if E and B are such that
 from slit S2 will have the same velocity even though their
    F
F  Fe  Fm  0 , then acceleration in the particle, a   0 .
m charge and mass may be different.
It means the particle will pass through the fields without any The velocity filter is used in mass spectrograph which helps
change in its velocity. Here, Fe = Fm to find the mass and specific charge (charge/mass) of the
so, qE = q v B or v = E/B. charged particle.
This concept has been used in velocity-selector to get a 4. CYCLOTRON
charged beam having a definite velocity. A cyclotron is a device developed by Lawrence and
Velocity Selector: Velocity filter is an arrangement of cross Livingstone by which the positively charged particles like
electric and magnetic fields in a region which helps us to proton, deuteron, alpha particle etc. can be accelerated.
select from a beam, charged particles of the given velocity
Principle. The working of the cyclotron is based on the fact
irrespective of their charge and mass.
that a positively charged particle can be accelerated to a
A velocity selector consists of two slits S1 and S2 held sufficiently high energy with the help of smaller values of
parallel to each other, with common axis, some distance oscillating electric field by making it to cross the same
apart. In the region between the slits, uniform electric and electric field time and again with the use of strong magnetic
magnetic fields are applied, perpendicular to each other as field.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 12

Time taken by ion to describe a semicircular path is given

r m 
by, t    = a constant
v Bq B  q / m 

This time is independent of both the speed of the ion and

radius of the circular path. In case the time during which
the positive ion describes a semicircular path is equal to the
time during which half cycle of electric oscillator is
completed, then as the ion arrives in the gap between the
two dees, the polarity of the two dees is reversed i.e. D1
becomes positive and D2 negative. Then, the positive ion is
accelerated towards D2 and it enters D2 with greater speed
which remains constant in D2. The ion will describe a
Fig. 4.10
semicircular path of greater radius due to perpendicular
Construction. It consists of two D-shaped hollow evacuated magnetic field and again will arrive in a gap between the
metal chambers D1 and D2 called the dees. These dees are two dees exactly at the instant, the polarity of the two dees is
placed horizontally with their diametric edges parallel and reversed. Thus, the positive ion will go on accelerating
slightly separated from each other. The dees are connected every time it comes into the gap between the dees and will
to high frequency oscillator which can produce a potential go on describing circular path of greater and greater radius
difference of the order of 104 volts at frequency  10 Hz.
7
with greater and greater speed and finally acquires a
The two dees are enclosed in an evacuated steel box and are sufficiently high energy. The accelerated ion can be
well insulated from it. The box is placed in a strong removed out of the dees from window W, by applying the
magnetic field produced by two pole pieces of strong electric field across the deflecting plates E and F.
electromagnets N, S. The magnetic field is perpendicular to Maximum Kinetic Energy of positive ion
the plane of the dees. P is a place of ionic source or
Let v0, r0 = maximum velocity and maximum radius of the
positively charged particle figure.
circular path followed by the positive ion in cyclotron.
Working and theory. The positive ion to be accelerated is
mv 02 Bqr0
produced at P. Suppose, at that instant, D1 is at negative Then,  Bqv 0 or v 0 
r0 m
potential and D2 is at positive potential. Therefore, the ion
2 2 2 2
will be accelerated towards D1. On reaching inside D1, the 1 1  Bqr0   B q r0
Max. K.E.  mv 02  m  
ion will be in a field free space. Hence it moves with a 2 2  m  2m
constant speed in D1 say v. But due to perpendicular Cyclotron Frequency
magnetic field of strength B, the ion will describe a circular
If T is the time period of oscillating electric field then
2
mv
path of radius r (say) in D1, given by Bqv  where m 2m
r T  2t 
Bq
and q are the mass and charge of the ion.
1 Bq
mv The cyclotron frequency is given by f  
r T 2m
Bq

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 13

5. FORCE ON A CURRENT CARRYING I  nAev d .

CONDUCTOR PLACED IN A MAGNETIC FIELD 
We represent I  as current element vector. It acts in the

Expression for the force acting on the conductor carrying direction of flow of current i.e. along OX. Since I  and

current placed in a magnetic field v d have opposite directions, hence we can write
 
Consider a straight cylindrical conductor PQ of length l, I    nA  ev d ... (2)
area of cross-section A, carrying current I placed in a
From (7) and (8), we have

uniform magnetic field of induction, B . Let the conductor   
F  I  B ... (3)
be placed along X-axis and magnetic field be acting in XY   
F  I  B
plane making an angle  with X-axis. Suppose the current I
flows through the conductor from the end P to Q, figure. F  I  B sin  ... (4)
Since the current in a conductor is due to motion of  
were  is the smaller angle I  between and B .
electrons, therefore, electrons are moving from the end Q to
Special cases
P (along X’ axis).
Case I: If  = 0° or 180°, sin  = 0,
From (4), F  I  B ( 0 )  0 (Minimum)

It means a linear conductor carrying a current if placed

parallel to the direction of magnetic field, it experiences no
force.
Fig. 4.11 Case II: If  = 90°, sin  = 1 ;

Let, v d drift velocity of electron From (4), F  I  B (1)  I  B (Maximum)
– e = charge on each electron. It means a linear conductor carrying current if placed
Then magnetic Lorentz force on an electron is given by perpendicular to the direction of magnetic field, it
   experiences maximum force. The direction of which can be

f   e vd  B
given by Right-hand screw rule.
If n is the number density of free electrons i.e. number of
free electrons per unit volume of the conductor, then total
number of free electrons in the conductor will be given by

N  nA
Total force on the conductor is equal to the force
acting on all the free electrons inside the conductor while
moving in the magnetic field and is given by
      Fig. 4.12
  
F  Nf  nA   e v d  B    nAe v d  B
   ... (1)
Now consider rod AB, which is a part of the coil. Emf
We know that current through a conductor is related with
induced in the rod = B L v. Now suppose the emf induced in
drift velocity by the relation
part ACB is E, as shown in figure.
I  nAevd

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 14

Since the emf in the coil is zero, Emf (in ACB) + Emf (in Magnetic dipole moment = strength of either pole ×
BA) = 0  
magnetic length M  m  2  
or –E + vBL = 0
Magnetic dipole moment is a vector quantity directed from
or E = vBL
South to North pole of the magnet, as shown in figure
Thus emf induced in any path joining A and B is same,
provided the magnetic field is uniform.

Also the equivalent emf between A and B is BLv (here the

two emf’s are in parallel)
Fig. 4.13

6. MAGNETIC DIPOLE We shall show that the SI unit of M is joule/tesla or ampere

metre2.
A magnetic dipole consists of two unlike poles of equal
SI unit of pole strength is Am.
strength and separated by a small distance.
Current carrying loop as a magnetic dipole
For Example - a bar magnet, a compass needle etc. are
According to Ampere’s hypothesis, all magnetic phenomena
magnetic dipoles. We shall show that a current loop behaves can be explained in terms of circulating currents.

as a magnetic dipole. An atom of a magnetic material

behaves as a dipole due to electrons revolving around the

nucleus.

The two poles of a magnetic dipole (or a magnet), called

north pole and south pole are always of equal strength, and

of opposite nature. Further such two magnetic poles exist Fig. 4.14
always in pairs and cannot be separated from each other. Every current carrying loop is a magnetic dipole. It has two

The distance between the two poles of a bar magnet is called poles: south (S) and North (N). This is similar to a bar
magnet. Magnetic field lines emanates from the north pole
the magnetic length of the magnet. It is a vector directed
and after forming a closed path terminate on south pole.
from S-pole of magnet to its N-pole and is represented by 
Each magnetic dipole has some magnetic moment ( M ).
  
2 The magnitude of M is M  N I A

Magnetic dipole moment is the product of strength of either Here, N = number of turns in a loop

pole (m) and the magnetic length ( 2  ) of the magnet. It is I = current in the loop

 A = area of cross-section of the loop.

represented by M .
The direction of magnetic dipole can be identified by using
right hand thumb rule.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 15

  
7. TORQUE ON A CURRENT CARRYING COIL IN 
The force on the arm QR is given by F2  I QR  B  or F2
A MAGNETIC FIELD
= I (QR) B sin = I b B sin
Consider a rectangular coil PQRS suspended in a uniform The direction of this force is in the plane of the coil directed

magnetic field of induction B . Let PQ = RS = l and QR = downwards.
SP = b. Let I be the current flowing through the coil in the  
Since the forces F2 and F 4 are equal in magnitude and
direction PQRS and  be the angle which plane of the coil
acting in opposite directions along the same straight line,
makes with the direction of magnetic field. The forces will
they cancel out each other i.e. their resultant effect on the
be acting on the four arms of the coil.
coil is zero.

Now, the force on the arm PQ is given by

    
  
F1  I PQ  B or F1 = I (PQ) B sin 90° = IlB  RS  B 
Direction of this force is perpendicular to the plane of the
coil directed outwards (i.e. perpendicular to the plane of
paper directed towards the reader).

And, force on the arm RS is given by

    
  
F3  I RS  B or F3 = I (PQ) B sin 90° = IlB  RS  B 
Fig. 4.15 The direction of this force, is perpendicular to the plane of
paper directed away from the reader i.e. into the plane of
the coil.

The forces acting on the arms PQ and RS are equal, parallel

and acting in opposite directions having different lines of
action, form a couple, the effect of which is to rotate the coil
in the anticlockwise direction about the dotted line as axis.

The torque on the coil (equal to moment of couple) is given

by

τ = either force × arm of the couple

Fig. 4.16
The forces F1 and F3 acting on the arms PQ and RS will be
   
Let F1 , F2 , F3 and F4 be the forces acting on the four current
as shown in figure when seen from the top.
carrying arms PQ, QR, RS and SP of the coil.
Arm of couple = ST = PS cos  = b cos .
The force on arm SP is given by,
   I  B  b co s   IB A co s  ( l × b = A =
  
 
F4  I SP  B or F4 = I (SP) B sin (180° – ) = Ib B sin area of coil PQRS)
  If the rectangular coil has n turns, then
 
The direction of this force is in the direction of SP  B i.e.

in the plane of coil directed upwards.

  nIBAcos 

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 16

Note that if the normal drawn on the plane of the coil Now, small amount of work done in rotating the dipole
makes an angle a with the direction of magnetic field, then through a small angle d against the restoring torque is
 + = 90° or  = 90° –  ; & cos  = cos (90° – ) = sin  dW   d  (MB sin ) d
Then torque becomes,
Total work done in rotating the dipole from  = 1 to  = 2
   
  nIBA sin   M B sin   M  B  nIA  B is
2
where, nIA = M = magnitude of the magnetic dipole 
W   MB sin  d   MB   cos  12   MB  cos  2  cos 1 
moment of the rectangular current loop 1

    

   M  B  nI A  B  Potential energy of the dipole is
This torque tends to rotate the coil about its own axis. Its
U  W   MB  cos 2  cos 1 
value changes with angle between plane of coil and
direction of magnetic field. When 1 = 90°, and 2 = , then

Special cases U = W = – MB (cos  – cos 90°)

Case: 1 If the coil is set with its plane parallel to the
W = – MB cos 
direction
In vector notation, we may rewrite as
of magnetic field B, then
 
  0  and cos   1 U   M.B

Torque, τ = nIBA (1) = nIBA (Maximum) Particular Cases

This is the case with a radial field. 1. When  = 90°
Case: 2 If the coil is set with its plane perpendicular to the U = – MB cos  = – MB cos 90° = 0
direction of magnetic field B, then  = 90° and cos  = 0 i.e., when the dipole is perpendicular to magnetic
Torque, τ = nIBA (0) = 0 (Minimum) field its potential energy is zero.
Hence to calculate potential energy of dipole at any
Potential energy of a magnetic dipole in a magnetic field
position making angle  with B, we use
Potential energy of a magnetic dipole in a magnetic field is
U = – MB (cos 2 – cos 1) and take 1 = 90° and 2
the energy possessed by the dipole due to its particular
= . Therefore,
position in the field.
 U = – MB (cos  – cos 90°) = – MB cos 
When a magnetic dipole of moment M is held at an angle 
2. When  = 0°

with the direction of a uniform magnetic field B , the U = – MB cos 0° = – MB
magnitude of the torque acting on the dipole is
which is minimum. This is the position of stable
 (MBsin ) ... (1)
equilibrium, i.e., when the magnetic dipole is aligned
This torque tends to align the dipole in the direction of the
along the magnetic field, it is in stable equilibrium
field. Work has to be done in rotating the dipole against the
action of the torque. This work done is stored in the having minimum P.E.

magnetic dipole as potential energy of the dipole.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 17

3. When  = 180° 0 Id sin 

In SI units, dB   2 ...(1)
U = – MB cos 180° = MB, which is maximum. This is 4 r
the position of unstable equilibrium. Id sin 
In c.g.s. system, dB 
r2
8. BIOT-SAVART’S LAW
In vector form, we may write
   
According to Biot-Savart’s law, the magnitude of the  0 I d   r  0 I d  r  
dB  or dB  ...(2)
magnetic field induction dB (also called magnetic flux 4 r3 4 r3
density) at a point P due to current element depends upon  
Direction of dB . From (2), the direction of dB would
the factors at stated below:  
obviously be the direction of the cross-product vector, d r
(i) dB  I (ii) dB  d
It is represented by the Right-handed screw rule or Right
1 
(iii) dB  sin  (iv) dB  Hand Rule. Here dB is perpendicular to the plane
r2  
containing d  and r and is directed inwards. If the point
Combining these factors, we get

Id sin  P is to the left of the current element, dB will be
dB   
r2 perpendicular to the plane containing d  and r , directed
Id sin  outwards.
or dB  K 2
r
Some important features of Biot Savart’s law

1. Biot Savart’s law is valid for a symmetrical current

distribution.
2. Biot Savart’s law is applicable only to very small
length conductor carrying current.
3. This law can not be easily verified experimentally as
the current carrying conductor of very small length can
not be obtained practically.
Fig. 4.17 4. This law is analogous to Coulomb’s law in

where K is a constant of proportionality. Its value depends electrostatics.

 
on the system of units chosen for the measurement of the 5. The direction of dB is perpendicular to both Id and
various quantities and also on the medium between point P 
r .
and the current element. When there is free space between
6. If  = 0° i.e. the point P lies on the axis of the linear
current element and point, then
conductor carrying current (or on the wire carrying
0 current) then
In SI units, K  and In c.g.s. system K = 1
4
0 Id sin 0
dB  0
where m0 is absolute magnetic permeability of free space 4 r2

and  0  4   10  7 W b A  1 m  1  4   10  7 T A  1 m It means there is no magnetic field induction at any

point on the thin linear current carrying conductor.
(1 T = 1 Wb m–2)

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 18


7. If  = 90° i.e. the point P lies at a perpendicular According to Biot-Savart’s law, the magnetic field dB (i.e.
position w.r.t. current element, then
magnetic flux density or magnetic induction) at point P due
 Id 
dB  0 2 , which is maximum.
4 r to current element Id is given by


8. If  = 0° or 180°, then dB = 0 i.e. minimum.
 0 Id  r
Similarities between the Biot-Savart’s law for the dB  . 3
4 r
magnetic field and coulomb’s law for electrostatic
field 0 Id sin 
Or dB   2 ... (3)
 Both the laws for fields are long range, since in both 4 r
the laws, the field at a point varies inversely as the
In rt. angled DPOC,  + ϕ = 90° or  = 90° – ϕ
square of the distance from the source to point of
observation. sin  = sin (90° – ϕ) = cos ϕ ... (4)
 Both the fields obey superposition principle.
 a a
 The magnetic field is linear in the source Id , just as Also, cos   or r  ... (5)
r cos 
the electric field is linear in its source, the electric
charge q. 
And, tan   or   a tan 
a
8.1. Magnetic Field due to a Straight Conductor
Carrying Current Differentiating it, we get

Consider a straight wire conductor XY lying in the plane of

d   a sec 2  d  ... (6)
paper carrying current I in the direction X to Y, figure. Let
P be a point at a perpendicular distance a from the straight Putting the values in (3) from (4), (5) and (6), we get
wire conductor. Clearly, PC = a. Let the conductor be made
of small current elements. Consider a small current element dB 
 2

 0 I a sec  d cos   0 I
 cos  d ... (7)
  4  a2  4 a
Id of the straight wire conductor at O. Let r be the  2 
 cos  
position vector of P w.r.t. current element and  be the
  
angle between Id and r . Let CO = l. The direction of dB , according to right hand thumb rule,

will be perpendicular to the plane of paper and directed

inwards. As all the current elements of the conductor will

also produce magnetic field in the same direction, therefore,

the total magnetic field at point P due to current through the

whole straight conductor XY can be obtained by integrating

Eq. (9) within the limits – ϕ1 and + ϕ2.

Fig. 4.18

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 19

Thus,

2 2
0 I 0 I
B  dB   cos  d   sin  21
 1
4 a  1
4 a

0 I  I
 sin 2  sin  1    0  sin 1  sin 2  ... (8)
4 a 4 a

Special cases.

 When the conductor XY is of infinite length and the

point P lies near the centre of the conductor then

1  2  90 Fig. 4.19

Right hand thumb rule. According to this rule, if we imagine

 I  2I
So, B  0 sin 90  sin 90  0 ... (9) the linear wire conductor to be held in the grip of the right
4 a 4 a
hand so that the thumb points in the direction of current,
 When the conductor XY is of infinite length but the then the curvature of the fingers around the conductor will
point P lies near the end Y (or X) then ϕ1 = 90° and ϕ2 represent the direction of magnetic field lines.
= 0°.

0 I  I
So, B sin 90  sin 0  0 ...(10)
4 a 4 a

Thus we note that the magnetic field due to an infinite

long linear conductor carrying current near its centre is
twice than that near one of its ends.

 When point P lies on the wire conductor, then d  and

r for each element of the straight wire conductor are
 
parallel. Therefore, d   r  0 . So the magnetic field
induction at P = 0.

Direction of magnetic field

The magnetic field lines due to straight conductor carrying

Fig. 4.20
current are in the form of concentric circles with the
conductor as centre, lying in a plane perpendicular to the
8.2. Magnetic Field at the Centre of the Circular Coil
straight conductor. The direction of magnetic field lines is Carrying Current
anticlockwise, if the current flows from A to B in the
Consider a circular coil of radius r with centre O, lying with
straight conductor figure (a) and is clockwise if the current
its plane in the plane of paper. Let I be the current flowing
flows from B to A in the straight conductor, figure (b). The
in the circular coil in the direction shown, figure (a).
direction of magnetic field lines is given by Right Hand
Suppose the circular coil is made of a large number of
Thumb Rule or Maxwell’s corkscrew rule.
current elements each of length dl.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 20

0 I
i.e. B × angle subtended by coil at the centre.
4r

Direction of B

The direction of magnetic field at the centre of circular

current loop is given by Right hand rule.

Right Hand rule. According to this rule, if we hold the

thumb of right hand mutually perpendicular to the grip of
Fig. 4.21 the fingers such that the curvature of the fingers represent
According to Biot-Savart’s law, the magnetic field at the the direction of current in the wire loop, then the thumb of

centre of the circular coil due to the current element Id is the right hand will point in the direction of magnetic field

given by near the centre of the current loop.


  0  d   r 
dB  I 
4  r3 

0 Idrsin  0 Id sin 

or dB  
4 r3 4 r 2

where r is the position vector of point O from the current
 
element. Since the angle between d  and r is 90° (i.e.,  =
90°), therefore,

0 Id sin 90  Id

dB  2
or dB  0 2 ...(11)
4 r 4 r Fig. 4.22

In this case, the direction of is dB perpendicular to the plane
of the current loop and is directed inwards. Since the current
through all the elements of the circular coil will contribute
to the magnetic field in the same direction, therefore, the
total magnetic field at point O due to current in the whole
circular coil can be obtained by integrating eq. (11). Thus

But d = total length of the circular coil = circumference of

the current loop = 2r

0 I  2I
B  2
.2r  0
4 r 4 r
If the circular coil consists of n turns, then
0 2nI 0 I
B   2n ...(12)
4 r 4 r

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 21

Magnetic Field at Centre O in different conditions

Condition Figure Magnetic Field

 0 i
Arc subtends angle  at the centre B .
4 r

0 (2  )i
Arc subtends angle (2 - ) at the centre B .
4 r

0 i 0i
Semi – circular arc B . 
4 r 4r

 
2   i
Three quarter semi – circular current carrying are 0  2
B .
4 r

0 2i 0i
Circular current carrying loop B 
4 r 2r

0 1 1 
Concentric co – planer circular loops carries current in the same direction B1  2 i   
4  r1 r2 

Concentric co-planer circular loops carries current in the opposite 0 1 1 

B2  2 i   
direction 4  r1 r2 

B  B12  B22
Concentric loops but their planes are perpendicular to each other 0 2 2
 i1  i2
2r

B12  B22
Concentric loops but their planes are at an angle  with each other B
2B1B2 cos 

Distribution of current across the diameter B=0

Distribution of current between any two points on the circumference B=0

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 22

Magnetic Field at an Axial Point of a Circular Coil

Consider a circular loop of radius R and carrying a steady

current i. We have to find out magnetic field at the axial
point P, which is at distance x from the centre of the loop.

Fig. 4.24

0 2iR 2
B 3/ 2
…(4)
4
R 2
 x2 
0 2iR 2
If the coil has N turns, then B  3/ 2
4
R 2
 x2 
Fig. 4.23
Consider an element i d/ of the loop as shown in figure, and 9. FORCE BETWEEN TWO PARALLEL
the distance of point P from current element is r. The CONDUCTORS CARRYING CURRENT
magnetic field at P due to this current element from the Consider C1D1 and C2 D2, two infinite long straight
 
 μ idl  r conductors carrying currents I1 and I2 in the same direction.
0
equation (1) can be given by, dB =
4π r3
They are held parallel to each other at a distance r apart, in
In case of point on the axis of a circular coil, as for every the plane of paper. The magnetic field is produced due to
current element there is a symmetrically situated opposite
current through each conductor shown separately in figure.
element, the component of the field perpendicular to the axis
Since each conductor is in the magnetic field produced by
cancel each other while along the axis add up.
the other, therefore, each conductor experiences a force.
μ 0 idl sinθ
B=  dB sin = sinθ
4π  r 2
D1 r D2
  B1 90° I2
Here,  is angle between the current element l and r
,which everywhere and and F1 B F2
× ×
R R B
sin   
r R 2  x2
90°
2 r
 iR B2
B 0  dL I1
4 2 3/2
R 2
x  0 C1 C2

0 iR Fig. 4.25
Or B   2R  Magnetic field induction at a point P on conductor C2D2
4 2 3/2
R 2
x 
due to current I1 passing through C1D1 is given by

0 2I1
B1  ... (1)
4 r

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 23

According to right hand rule, the direction of magnetic If length dl is very small and products for all elements of
 closed boundary are added together, then sum tends to be an
field B1 is perpendicular to the plane of paper, directed
integral around the closed path or loop (i.e., 
 ) . Therefore,
inwards.
   
As the current carrying conductor C2D2 lies in the magnetic S of B.d  over all elements on a closed path  
 B.d =
 
field B1 (produced by the current through C1D1), therefore, Line integral of B around the closed path or loop whose

the unit length of C2D2 will experience a force given by boundary coincides with the closed path. According to
 
F2 = B1I2 × 1 = B1I2 Ampere’s circuital law, 
 B.d    0 I ... (1)
Putting the value of B1, we have where I is the total current threading the closed path or loop
and m0 is the absolute permeability of the space. Thus,
 2I I
F2  0 . 1 2 ... (2) Ampere’s circuital law states that the line integral of
4 r

magnetic field induction B around a closed path in
It means the two linear parallel conductors carrying currents
vacuum is equal to 0 times the total current I threading the
in the same direction attract each other.
Thus one ampere is that much current which when flowing closed path.

through each of the two parallel uniform long linear The relation (14) involves a sign convention, for the sense of

conductors placed in free space at a distance of one metre closed path to be traversed while taking the line integral of

from each other will attract or repel each other with a force magnetic field (i.e., direction of integration) and current

of 2 × 10-7 N per metre of their length. threading it, which is given by Right Hand Rule. According
to it, if curvature of the fingers is perpendicular to the thumb
10. AMPERE’S CIRCUITAL LAW of right hand such that the curvature of the fingers
represents the sense, the boundary is traversed in the closed
Consider an open surface with a boundary C, and the current  
path or loop for 
 B.d  , then the direction of thumb gives
I is passing through the surface. Let the boundary C be made
of large number of small line elements, each of length dl. the sense in which the current I is regarded as positive.
 According to sign convention, for the closed path as shown
The direction of d  of small line element under study is
in figure, I1 is positive and I2 is negative. Then, according
acting tangentially to its length dl. Let Bt be the tangential  
to Ampere’s circuital law   B.d    0  I1  I 2    0 I e
component of the magnetic field induction at this element
 where Ie is the total current enclosed by the loop or closed

then B t and d  are acting in the same direction, angle path.
between them is zero. We take the product of Bt and dl for
 
that element. Then B t d   B . d 

Fig. 4.27
The relation (1) is independent of the size and shape of the
closed path or loops enclosing the current.
Fig. 4.26

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 24

10.1. Magnetic Field Due to Infinite Long Straight Wire 10.2 Magnetic Field Due to Current Through a very
Carrying Current Long Solid Cylinder

Consider an infinite long straight wire lying in the plane of Consider an infinite long cylinder of radius R with axis

paper. Let I be the current flowing through it from X to Y. A XY. Let I be the current passing through the cylinder. A
magnetic field is produced which has the same magnitude at
magnetic field is set up due to current through the cylinder
all points that are at the same distance from the wire, i.e. the
magnetic field has cylindrical symmetry around the wire. in the form of circular magnetic lines of force, with their

centres lying on the axis of cylinder. These lines of force

are perpendicular to the length of cylinder.

Fig. 4.28

Let P be a point at a perpendicular distance r from the


straight wire and B be the magnetic field at P. It will be
acting tangentially to the magnetic field line passing through
P. Consider an amperian loop as a circle of radius r, Fig. 4.29
perpendicular to the plane of paper with centre on wire such
Case I. Point P is lying outside the cylinder. Let r be the
that point P lies on the loop, figure. The magnitude of
magnetic field is same at all points on this loop. The perpendicular distance of point P from the axis of cylinder,
 
magnetic field B at P will be tangential to the where r > R. Let B be the magnetic field induction at P. It
circumference of the circular loop. We shall integrate the
 is acting tangential to the magnetic line of force at P directed

amperian path anticlockwise. Then B and d  are acting in  
 into the paper. Here B and d  are acting in the same
the same direction. The line integral of B around the
  direction.
closed loop is  B.d    Bd cos 0  B  d  B2r
As per sign convention, here I is positive, Applying Ampere circuital law we have

Using Ampere’s circuital law  

 B.d   0 I or  Bd cos 0  0 I
 
 B.d   0 I or B2r   0 I
or  Bd  0 I or B2 r   0 I
0 I 0 2I
or B  . ... (2)
2r 4 r 0I
or B , i.e., B  1/ r
2r

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 25

Case II. Point P is lying inside cylinder. 10.3 The Solenoid

Here r < R. we may have two possibilities. A solenoid consists of an insulating long wire closely wound
 If the current is only along the surface of cylinder in the form of a helix. Its length is very large as compared to
which is so if the conductor is a cylindrical sheet of its diameter.
metal, then current through the closed path L is zero. Magnetic field due to a solenoid
Using Ampere circutal law, we have B = 0. Consider a long straight solenoid of circular cross-section.
 If the current is uniformly distributed throughout the Each two turns of the solenoid are insulated from each other.

cross-section of the conductor, then the current When current is passed through the solenoid, then each turn

through closed path L is given by of the solenoid can be regarded as a circular loop carrying

I Ir 2 current and thus will be producing a magnetic field.

I'  2
 r 2  2
R R
At a point outside the solenoid, the magnetic fields due to
Applying Ampere’s circuital law, we have
  neighboring loops oppose each other and at a point inside
 B.d   0 r I '
the solenoid, the magnetic fields are in the same direction.
 0  r Ir 2
or 2rB   0 r I ' 
R2 As a result of it, the effective magnetic field outside the

0r Ir solenoid becomes weak, whereas the magnetic field in the

or B i.e., B  r
2R 2
interior of solenoid becomes strong and uniform, acting
If we plot a graph between magnetic field induction B
and distance from the axis of cylinder for a current along the axis of the solenoid.

flowing through a solid cylinder, we get a curve of the Let us now apply Ampere’s circuital law.
type as shown figure
Let n be the number of turns per unit length of solenoid and

I be the current flowing through the solenoid and the turns

of the solenoid be closely packed.

Consider a rectangular amperian loop PQRS near the middle

of solenoid as shown in figure

Fig. 4.30
Here we note that the magnetic field induction is maximum
for a point on the surface of solid cylinder carrying current Fig. 4.31
and is zero for a point on the axis of cylinder.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 26


The line integral of magnetic field induction B over the Magnetic field due to current in ideal toroid
Let n be the number of turns per unit length of toroid and I
closed path PQRS is
be the current flowing through it. In case of ideal toroid, the
  Q  R  S   P 
 B.d   B.d   B.d   B.d   B.d 
    coil turns are circular and closely wound. A magnetic field
PQRS P Q R S
of constant magnitude is set up inside the turns of toroid in
Q
  Q the form of concentric circular magnetic field lines. The
Here,  B.d   Bd cos0  BL direction of the magnetic field at a point is given by the
P P
tangent to the magnetic field line at that point. We draw
R
  R P
  three circular amperian loops, 1, 2 and 3 of radii r1, r2 and r3
and  B.d  Bd cos90  0  B.d
 
Q Q S to be traversed in clockwise direction as shown by dashed
S
  circles in figure, so that the points P, S and Q may lie on
Also,  B.d  0 them. The circular area bounded by loops 2 and 3, both cut
R
the toroid. Each turn of current carrying wire is cut once by
(  outside the solenoid, B = 0)
  the loop 2 and twice by the loop 3. Let B1 be the magnitude
 B.d   BL  0  0  0  BL ...(3)
of magnetic field along loop 1. Line integral of magnetic
PQRS
field B1 along the loop 1 is
From Ampere’s circuital law
   
 B.d    0 × total current through the rectangle PQRS  B1 .d    B1d cos 0  B1 2r1
PQRS loop1 loop1

= 0 × no. of turns in rectangle × current Loop 1 encloses no current.

= 0 n LI ...(4) According to Ampere’s circuital law

 
From (3) and (4), we have  B1 .d   0  current enclosed by loop 1 = 0 × 0 = 0
loop 1
BL = 0 n LI or B = 0 n I

This relation gives the magnetic field induction at a point or B12  r1 = 0 or B1 = 0

well inside the solenoid. At a point near the end of a
Let B3 be the magnitude of magnetic field along the loop
 0 nI
solenoid, the magnetic field induction is found to be . 3. The line integral of magnetic field B3 along the loop 3 is
2
 
10.4. Toroid  B3 .d    B3d cos 0  B3 2r3
loop 3 loop 3

The toroid is a hollow circular ring on which a large number

From the sectional cut as shown in figure, we note that the
of insulated turns of a metallic wire are closely wound. In
fact, a toroid is an endless solenoid in the form of a ring, current coming out of the plane of paper is cancelled
figure. exactly by the current going into it. Therefore, the total
current enclosed by loop 3 is zero.
According to Ampere’s circuital law
 
 B3 .d  0 × total current through loop 3
loop 3

or B3 2r3  0  0  0 or B3  0

Fig. 4.32

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 27

Let B the magnitude of magnetic field along the loop 2. Line

integral of magnetic field along the loop 2 is
 
 B.d   B2r2
loop 2

Current enclosed by the loop 2 = number of turns × current

in each turn = 2  r2 n × I
Fig. 4.34
According to Ampere’s circuital law
  The lower end of the coil is connected to one end of a hair
 B.d  0  total current
loop 2 spring S’ of quartz or phosphor bronze. The other end of this

or B2  r2  0  2r2 nI or B  0 nI highly elastic spring S’ is connected to a terminal T2. L is

soft iron core which may be spherical if the coil is circular

11. MOVING COIL GALVANOMETER and cylindrical, if the coil is rectangular. It is so held within
the coil, that the coil can rotate freely without touching the
Moving coil galvanometer is an instrument used for
iron core and pole pieces. This makes the magnetic field
detection and measurement of small electric currents.
Principle. Its working is based on the fact that when a linked with coil to be radial field i.e. the plane of the coil in
current carrying coil is placed in a magnetic field, it all positions remains parallel to the direction of magnetic
experiences a torque. field. M is concave mirror attached to the phosphor bronze
Construction. It consists of a coil PQRS1 having large
strip. This helps us to note the deflection of the coil using
number of turns of insulated copper wire, figure. The coil is lamp and scale arrangement. The whole arrangement is
wound over a non-magnetic metallic frame (usually brass) enclosed in a non-metallic case to avoid disturbance due to
which may be rectangular or circular in shape. The coil is air etc. The case is provided with levelling screws at the
suspended from a movable torsion head H by means of base.
phosphor bronze strip in a uniform magnetic field produced The spring S’ does three jobs for us : (i) It provides passage
by two strong cylindrical magnetic pole pieces N and S. of current for the coil PQRS1 (ii) It keeps the coil in

position and (iii) generates the restoring torque on the

twisted coil.
The torsion head is connected to terminal T1. The
galvanometer can be connected to the circuit through
terminals T1 and T2.
Theory. Suppose the coil PQRS1 is suspended freely in the
magnetic field.
Let, l = length PQ or RS1 of the coil,
b = breadth QR or S1P of the coil,

n = number of turns in the coil.

Area of each turn of the coil, A = l × b.
Let, B = strength of the magnetic field in which coil is
Fig. 4.33
suspended.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 28

I = current passing through the coil in the direction PQRS1 k

where  G  a constant for a galvanometer. It is
nBA
as shown in figure.
known as galvanometer constant.
Let at any instant,  be the angle which the normal drawn Hence, It means, the deflection produced is proportional to

on the plane of the coil makes with the direction of magnetic the current flowing through the galvanometer. Such a
galvanometer has a linear scale.
field.
Current sensitivity of a galvanometer is defined as the
As already discussed, the rectangular coil carrying current deflection produced in the galvanometer when a unit

when placed in the magnetic field experiences a torque current flows through it.
If q is the deflection in the galvanometer when current I is
whose magnitude is given by τ = nIBA sin .
passed through it, then
If the magnetic field is radial i.e. the plane of the coil is
Current sensitivity,
parallel to the direction of the magnetic field then  = 90°  k 
 I 
 nBA 
Is  
I k  nBA 
and sin  = 1.
The unit of current sensitivity is rad. A–1 or div. A–1.
τ = nIBA
Voltage sensitivity of a galvanometer is defined as the
Due to this torque, the coil rotates. The phosphor bronze
deflection produced in the galvanometer when a unit
strip gets twisted. As a result of it, a restoring torque comes voltage is applied across the two terminals of the
galvanometer.
into play in the phosphor bronze strip, which would try to
Let, V = voltage applied across the two terminals of the
restore the coil back to its original position.
galvanometer,
Let  be the twist produced in the phosphor bronze strip due  = deflection produced in the galvanometer.

to rotation of the coil and k be the restoring torque per unit Then, voltage sensitivity, Vs = /V

twist of the phosphor bronze strip, then total restoring torque If R = resistance of the galvanometer, I = current through
it. Then V = IR
produced = k .
Voltage sensitivity,
In equilibrium position of the coil, deflecting torque  nBA IS
VS   
IR kR R
= restoring torque
the unit of Vs is rad V-1 or div. V-1.
 nIBA  k

k
Or, I   or I  G
nBA

SCAN CODE
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
 29
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Magnetic Field 4. Two long parallel wires are at a distance 2d apart. They carry
1. A current I flowing through the sides of an equilateral steady equal current flowing out of the plane of the paper as
triangle of side a. The magnitude of the magnetic field at shown. The variation of the magnetic field along the line XX’
the centroid of the triangle is is given by

2 0 I
(a)
a
(a)
3 3 0 I
(b)
2a

90 I
(c)
2a
(b)
2 2 0 I
(d)
2a
2. A long, straight, solid metal wire of radius 2 mm carries
a current uniformly distributed over its circular cross-
section. The magnetic field induction at a distance 2 mm
from its axis is B. Then the magnetic field induction at (c)
distance 1 mm from axis will be
(a) B (b) B/2
(c) 2B (d) 4B
3. The magnetic flux density B at a distance r from a long
straight rod carrying a steady current varies with r as shown
in figure (d)
(a) (b)
B B
5. The magnitude of the magnetic field (B) due to loop ABCD at
the origin (O) is :

O r O r

(c) (d)
B B

0  b  a 
(a) zero (b)
24 ab

0 I  b  a  0I   
(c) (d) 4  2  b  a   3  a  b 
O r O r 4  ab   
 30
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

6. Consider two thin identical conducting wires covered with 14. A deutron of kinetic energy 50 keV is describing a circular
very thin insulating material. One of the wires is bent into orbit of radius 0.5 metre in a plane perpendicular to magnetic
a loop and produces magnetic field B1, at its centre when 
field B . The kinetic energy of the proton that describes a
a current I passes through it. The second wire is bent into
circular orbit of radius 0.5 metre in the same plane with the
a coil with three identical loops adjacent to each other and 
produces magnetic field B2 at the centre of the loops when same B is
current 1/3 passes through it. The ratio B1 : B2 is: (a) 200 keV (b) 100 keV
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 9 : 1 (c) 50 keV (d) 25 keV
(c) 1 : 9 (d) 1 : 1 15. A bar magnet of length 3 cm has a point A and B along axis
7. A toroidal solenoid has 3000 turns and a mean radius of 10 at a distance of 24 cm and 48 cm on the opposite ends.
cm. It has soft iron core of relative permeability 2000. What Ratio of magnetic fields at these points will be
is the magnitude of magnetic field in the core when a
current of 1 A is passed through the solenoid.
(a) 1.2 T (b) 12 T
(c) 5.6 T (d) 4.5 T (a) 8 (b) 3
8. A long solenoid is formed by winding 20 turns/cm. The
(c) 4 (d) 1/ 2 2
current necessary to produce a magnetic field of 20 milli
tesla inside the solenoid will be aproximately 16. The time period of a charged particle undergoing a circular
(a) 1.0 A (b) 2.0 A motion in a uniform magnetic field is independent of its
(c) 4.0 A (d) 8.0 A (a) speed (b) mass
9. A long solenoid has 800 turns per metre length of solenoid. (c) charge (d) magnetic induction
A current of 1.6 A flows through it. The magnetic induction 17. A charged particle of mass m and charge q travels on a
at the end of the solenoid on its axis is circular path of radius r that is perpendicular to a magnetic
(a) 16 × 10–4 tesla (b) 8 × 10–4 tesla field B. The time taken by the particle to complete one
(c) 32 × 10–4 tesla (d) 4 × 10–4 tesla revolution is

10. If a current is passed in a spring, it 2mq 2q 2 B

(a) (b)
(a) gets compressed (b) gets expanded B m
(c) oscillates (d) remains unchanged 2qB 2m
(c) (d)
11. A thin circular disk of radius R is uniformly charged with m qB
density  > 0 per unit area. The disk rotates about its axis 18. Proton, deuteron and alpha particles of same kinetic energy
with a uniform angular speed . The magnetic moment of are moving in circular trajectories in a constant magnetic
the disck is : field. The radii of proton, deuteron and alpha particle are
4 4
(a) 2R  (b) R  respectively rp, rd and ra. Which one of the following relation
is correct ?
R 4 R 4 (a) r = rp = rd (b) r = rp < rd
(c)  (d) 
2 4 (c) r > rd > rp (d) r = rd > rp
12. A current i  1A circulates in a round thin wire loop of 19. An electron has a circular path of radius 0.01 m in a
radius r  100 mm. The magnetic induction at the centre perpendicular magnetic induction 10–3 T. The speed of the
of the loop is nµT. Find n. electron is nearly
(a) 1.76 × 104 m/s (b) 1.76 × 106 m/s
Charged Particle in a Magnetic Field
(c) 3.52 × 106 m/s (d) 7.04 × 106 m/s
13. If a charged particle is describing a circle of radius r in a
20. The current in wire is directed towards east and the wire is
magnetic field with a time period T, then
placed in magnetic field directed towards north. The force
(a) T 2  r 3 (b) T 2  r on the wire is
(a) vertically upwards (b) vertically downwards
(c) T  r 2 (d) T  r 0
(c) due south (d) due east
 31
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

21. A charged particle enters a uniform magnetic field with  

  B   E
velocity vector at an angle of 45º with the magnetic field. The (a) v  E  2 (b) v  B  2
B B
pitch of the helical path is p. The radius of the helix will be
 
p p   B   E
(a) (b) (c) v  E  (d) v  B  2
 2 E2 E
–18
27. A particle of charge – 16 × 10 C moving with velocity
p –1
10 ms along the x-axis enters a region where a magnetic
(c) 2p (d)
2  field of induction B is along the y-axis and an electric field
4 –1
of magnitude 10 Vm is along the negative z-axis. If the
22. A charged particle moves through a magnetic field
charged particle continues moving along the x-axis, the
perpendicular to its direction. Then
magnitude of B is
(a) the momentum changes but the kinetic energy is constant 3 2 5 2
(a) 10 Wb/m (b) 10 Wb/m
(b) both momentum and kinetic energy of the particle are 16 2 –3 2
(c) 10 Wb/m (d) 10 Wb/m
not constant
28. If an electron and a proton having same momenta enter
(c) both momentum and kinetic energy of the particle are
perpendicularly to a magnetic field, then
constant
(a) curved path of electron and proton will be same
(d) kinetic energy changes but the momentum is constant
(ignoring the sense of revolution)
Motion of a Charged Particle in Electromagnetic Field (b) they will move undeflected

23. An electron is moving along positive x axis. A uniform (c) curved path of electron is more curved than that of
electric field exists towards negative y axis. What should proton
be the directions of the magnetic field of suitable magnitude (d) path of proton is more curved
so that net force on the electron is zero? 29. A charge 4 C enters in a region of uniform magnetic field
(a) positive y axis (b) positive z axis ˆˆ)N.
with a velocity (4iˆ  7 ˆj )m / s experiences a force (5iˆ  Cj
(c) negative z axis (d) negative y axis.
Find the value of C.
24. A uniform electric field and a uniform magnetic field are
pointed in the same direction. If an electron is projected in 30. An electron beam passes through a magnetic field of
the same direction, the electron magnetic induction 2 × 10–3 T and an electric field of
strength 3.4 × 104V/m both acting simultaneously in mu-
(a) velocity will increase in magnitude tually perpendicular directions. If the path of electrons
(b) velocity will decrease in magnitude remains undeviated, calculate the speed of the electrons.
(c) will turn to its left If the electric field is removed, what will be the radius of
curvature of the trajectory of the electron path after 2 s ?
(d) will turn to its right
Current carrying wire in a magnetic field
25. In a region, steady and uniform electric and magnetic fields
are present. These two fields are parallel to each other. A 31. A metal wire of mass m slides without friction on two rails
charged particle is released from rest in this region. The placed at a distance l apart. The track lies in a uniform
path of the particle will be a vertical magnetic field B. A constant current I flows along
(a) helix (b) straight line the rails across the wire and back down the other rail. The
acceleration of the wire is
(c) ellipse (d) circle
BmI
26. A charged particle with charge q enters a region of (a) (b) mBI
 
constant, uniform and mutually orthogonal fields E and
    BI mI
B with a velocity v perpendicular to both E and B , (c) (d)
m B
and comes out without any change in magnitude or

direction of v . Then
 32
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

32. A straight horizontal wire of mass 10 mg and length 1 m 36. A current of 2 ampere is passed in a coil of radius 0.5 m and
carries a current of 2 ampere .What minimum magnetic number of turns 20. The magnetic moment of the coil is
field B should be applied in the region so that the (a) 0.314 Am2 (b) 3.14 A–m2
magnetic force on the wire may balance its weight.
(c) 314 A–m2 (d) 31.4 A–m2
(a) 2.45 × 10-4 T (b) 4.9 × 10-4 T
37. A steel wire of length l has a magnetic moment M. It is bent
(c) 4.9 × 10-5 T (d) 9.8 × 10-4 T into L shape from the middle. The new magnetic moment is
33. A current I1 carrying wire AB is placed near an another
(a) M (b) M / 2
long wire CD carrying current I2. Figure. If free to move,
wire AB will have (c) M/2 (d) 2M
38. A circular coil of wire 8 cm in diameter has 12 turns and
carries a current of 5A. The coil is placed in a field where
magnetic induction is 0.6 T. What is the maximum torque
on the coil?
39. A solid sphere of radius R, uniformly charged with a charge
Q is rotating about its central axis at angular speed  . The
magnetic moment of this rotating sphere is n QR2  . Find n

(a) rotational motion only Biot Savart's Law, Force between parallel current carrying
(b) translational motion only wires & Ampere's circuital law

(c) rotational as well as translational motion 40. An element d   dxiˆ (where dx = 1 cm) is placed at the
(d) neither rotational nor translational motion origin and carries a large current I = 10A. What is the
magnetic field on the y-axis at a distance of 0.5 m ?
34. Wires 1 and 2 carrying currents I1 and I2 respectively
are inclined at an angle  to each other. What is the ˆ
(a) 2 108 kT ˆ
(b) 4 107 kT
force on a small element dl of wire 2 at a distance r from
wire 1 (as shown in figure) due to the magnetic field of wire 1 ? ˆ
(c) 2  108 kT ˆ
(d) 4  108 kT
41. A current carrying power line carries current from west to
east. The direction of magnetic field 1m above the power
line will be
(a) east to west (b) west to east
(c) south to north (d) north to south
42. The forces existing between two parallel current carrying
conductors is F. If the current in each conductor is doubled,
then the value of force will be
(a) 2F (b) 4F
(c) 5F (d) F/2
0 0
(a) I I dl tan  (b) I I dl sin  43. Two parallel wires carry currents of 20 A and 40 A in
2 r 1 2 2 r 1 2
opposite directions. Another wire carrying current of 20 A
0 and anti-parallel to 20A is placed midway between the two
(c) I I dl cos  (d) None of these wires. The magnetic force on this wire will be
2 r 1 2
(a) towards 20 A
Magnetic dipole (b) towards 40 A
35. A wire of length L metre carrying a current I ampere is (c) perpendicular to plane of wires
bent in the form of a circle. Its magnitude of magnetic (d) zero
moment will be
(a) IL/4p (b) I2L2/4p
(c) I2L/8p (d) IL2/4p
 33
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

44. Through two parallel wires A and B, 10A and 2A of currents 48. A current I flows along the length of an infinitely long,
are passed respectively in opposite directions. If the wire straight, thin walled pipe. Then
A is infinitely long and the length of the wire B is 2m, then
(a) the magnetic field is zero only on the axis of the pipe
force on the conductor B, which is situated at 10 cm
distance from A, will be (b) the magnetic field is different at different points inside
the pipe
(a) 8 × 10–7 N (b) 8 × 10–5 N
(c) the magnetic field at any point inside the pipe is zero
(c) 4 × 10–7 N (d) 4 × 10–5 N
(d) the magnetic field at all points inside the pipe is the
45. Two thin, long, parallel wires, separated by a distance d
same, but not zero
carry a current of I ampere in the same direction. They will
49. A steady current is set up in a cubic network composed
0 I2 of wires of equal resistance and length d as shown in
(a) attract each other with a force of 2d
  figure. What is the magnetic field at the centre P due
to the cubic network ?
0 I2
(b) repel each other with a force of 2d B C
 
A D
0I2 E P
F
(c) attract each other with a force of 2d 2
  H
G
0I2
(d) repel each other with a force of 2d 2
 
µ0 2 I µ0 3 I
46. Three straight parallel current carrying conductors are (A) . (B) .
4 d 4 2d
shown in the figure. The force experienced by the middle
conductor of length 25 cm is: µ0 8  I
(C) 0 . (D)
4 d
50. All straight wires are very long. Both AB and CD are
arcs of the same circle, both subtending right angles at
the centre O. Then the magnetic field at O is–
A A'
R
i
B O C i C'
D

(a) Zero
B' D'
(b) 6 × 10–4 N toward left
(c) 9 × 10–4 N toward left µ0 i µ0 i
(A) (B) 2
4 R 4 R
(d) 3 × 10–4 N toward right
µ0 i µ0 i
47. A horizontal overhead powerline is at a height of 4m from (C) (D) (  1)
the ground and carries a current of 100 A from east to 2 R 2 R
west. The magnetic field directly below it on the ground is
–7 –1
(0 = 4 × 10 TmA )
–7
(a) 2.5 × 10 T, southward
–6
(b) 5 × 10 T, northward
–6
(c) 5 × 10 T, southward
–7
(d) 2.5 × 10 T, northward
 34
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

1. Magnetic fields at two points on the axis of a circular coil

0 I 0 I
at a distance of 0.05 m and 0.2 m from the centre are in the (a) (2  ) (b) (2  )
4r 4r
ratio 8 : 1 . The radius of coil is______________.

(2021)
0 I 0 I
(c) (2  ) (d) (2  )
(a) 0.2 m (b) 0.1 m 2r 2r
(c) 0.15 m (d) 1.0 m
2. A proton, a deuteron and an  particle are moving with 5. A loop of flexible wire of irregular shape carrying current

same momentum in a uniform magnetic field. The ratio of is placed in an external magnetic field. Identify the effect
magnetic forces acting on them is and their speed is in of the field on the wire. (2021)
the ratio. (2021)
(a) shape of the loop remains unchanged
(a) 1: 2: 4 and 1: 1: 2 (b) 4: 2: 1 and 2: 1: 1
(b) wire gets stretched to become straight
(c) 2: 1: 1 and 4: 2: 1 (d) 1: 2: 4 and 2: 1: 1
  (c) loop assumes circular shape with its plane parallel to
3. A charge Q is moving dl distance in the magnetic field B .
the field

Find the value of work done by B (2021) (d) loop assumes circular shape with its plane normal to
(a) -1 (b) Zero the field
(c) Infinite (d) 1
6. A proton and an  -particle, having kinetic energies
4. A hairpin like shape as shown in figure is made by bending
a long current carrying wire. What is the magnitude of a K P and K  respectively, enter into a magnetic field at right
magnetic field at point P which lies on the centre of the
angles. The ratio of the radii of trajectory of proton to that
semicircle? (2021)
of   particle is 2: 1. the ratio of K P : K  is : (2021)

(a) 1: 4 (b) 8: 1

(c) 1: 8 (d) 4: 1
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT AND MAGNETISM 35

7. Two long current carrying conductors are placed 12. A cyclotron is used to accelerate protons. If the
parallel to each other at a distance of 8 cm between operating magnetic field is 1.0 T and the radius of the
them. The magnitude of magnetic field produced at cyclotron 'dees' is 60 cm, the kinetic energy of the
mid-point between the two conductors due to current accelerated protons in MeV will be :
flowing in them is 300 μT. The equal current (JEE Main 2022)
following in the two conductors is : (a) 12 (b) 18
(JEE Main 2022) (c) 16 (d) 32
(a) 30A in the same direction 13. As shown in the figure, a metallic rod of linear density
(b) 30A in the opposite direction 0.45 kg m–1 is lying horizontally on a smooth incline
(c) 60A in the opposite direction
plane which makes an angle of 45° with the horizontal.
(d) 300A in the opposite direction
8. A charge particle is moving in a uniform magnetic The minimum current flowing in the rod required to
 
field 2iˆ  3 ˆj T . If it has an acceleration of keep it stationary, when 0.15 T magnetic field is acting
on it in the vertical upward direction, will be :
 iˆ  4 ˆj  m / s 2 , then the value of α will be
(JEE Main 2022)
(JEE Main 2022)
(a) 3 (b) 6
(c) 12 (d) 2
9. BX and BY are the magnetic field at the centre of two
coils of two coils X and Y respectively, each carrying
equal current. If coil X has 200 turns and 20 cm radius
and coil Y has 400 turns and 20 cm radius, the ratio of
BX and BY is (JEE Main 2022)
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (a) 30 A (b) 15 A
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1
(c) 10 A (d) 3 A
10. Two concentric circular loops of radii r1  30cm and
14. A triangular shaped wire carrying 10A current is
r2  50cm are placed in X-Y plane as shown in the
placed in a uniform magnetic field of 0.5T, as shown
figure. A current I = 7A is flowing through them in the
direction as shown in figure. The net magnetic in figure. The magnetic force on segment CD is
moment of this system of two circular loops is (Given BC = CD = BD = 5 cm). (JEE Main 2022)
approximately: (JEE Main 2022)

(a) 0.126 N (b) 0.312 N

(c) 0.216 N (d) 0.245 N
15. The magnetic field at the center of current carrying
7 ˆ 2 7ˆ 2
(a) kAm (b)  kAm circular loop is B1. The magnetic field at a distance of
2 2
ˆ 2 ˆ 2 3 times radius of the given circular loop from the
(c) 7kAm (d) 7kAm
 center on its axis is B2. The value of B1/B2 will be
11. A velocity selector consists of electric field E  Ekˆ
 (JEE Main 2022)
ˆˆ with B  12mT . The value
and magnetic field B  Bj
E required for an electron of energy 728 eV moving (a) 9 : 4 (b) 12 : 5
along the positive -axis to pass undeflected is :
(c) 8 : 1 (d) 5 : 3
(JEE Main 2022)
(a) 192 kVm–1 (b) 192 mVm–1
–1
(c) 9600 kVm (d) 16 kVm–1
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT AND MAGNETISM 36

16. A wire X of length 50 cm carrying a current of 2 A is 21. Assertion: In an uniform magnetic field, speed and
placed parallel to a long wire Y of length 5 m. The energy remains the same for moving charged particle.
wire Y carries a current of 3 A. The distance between Reason: Moving charged particle experiences
two wires is 5 cm and currents flow in the same magnetic force perpendicular to its direction of
direction. The force acting on the wire Y is : motion. (JEE Main 2022)
(JEE Main 2022) (a) If both assertion and reason are true and the reason
is the correct explanation of the assertion.
(b) If both assertion and reason are true, but the reason
is not the correct explanation of the assertion
(c) If assertion is true, but reason is false
(d) If both the assertion and reason are false
22. The magnetic field at the centre of a circular coil of
radius r, due to current I flowing through it, is B. The
(a) 1.2 × 10–5 N directed towards wire X. r
magnetic field at a point along the axis at a distance
(b) 1.2 × 10–4 N directed away from wire X. 2
(c) 1.2 × 10–4 N directed towards wire X. from the centre is (JEE Main 2022)
(d) 2.4 × 10–5 N directed towards wire X. (a) B/2 (b) 2B
17. Two charged particles, having same kinetic energy, are 3 3
 2   2 
allowed to pass through a uniform magnetic field (c)   B (d)   B
 5  3
perpendicular to the direction of motion. If the ratio of
radii of their circular paths is 6 : 5 and their respective 23. A proton, a deuteron and an α-particle with same
masses ratio is 9 : 4. Then, the ratio of their charges kinetic energy enter into a uniform magnetic field at
will be : (JEE Main 2022) right angle to magnetic field. The ratio of the radii of
(a) 8 : 5 (b) 5 : 4 their respective circular paths is (JEE Main 2022)
(c) 5 : 3 (d) 8 : 7 (a) 1: 2 : 2 (b) 1:1: 2
18. The magnetic moment of an electron (e) revolving in (c) 2 :1:1 (d) 1: 2 :1
an orbit around nucleus with an orbital angular 24. A long straight wire with a circular cross-section
momentum is given by : (JEE Main 2022) having radius R, is carrying a steady current I. The
 
 2L  eL current I is uniformly distributed across this cross-
(a)  L  (b)  L 
2m 2m section. Then the variation of magnetic field due to
 
 eL  2eL current I with distance r  r  R  from its centre will
(c) 1  (d) 1 
m m be (JEE Main 2022)
19. The electric current in a circular coil of 2 turns (a) B  r 2
(b) B  r
produces a magnetic induction B1 at its centre. The 1 1
coil is unwound and is rewound into a circular coil of (c) B  3 (d) B 
r r
5 turns and the same current produces a magnetic
25. A long solenoid carrying a current produces a
B
induction B2 at its centre. The ratio of 2 is: magnetic field B along its axis. If the current is
B1 doubled and the number of turns per cm is halved, the
(JEE Main 2022) new value of magnetic field will be equal to
(a) 5/2 (b) 25/4 (JEE Main 2022)
(c) 5/4 (d) 25/2 (a) B (b) 2B
20. An electron with energy 0.1 keV moves at right angle (c) 4B (d) B/2
to the earth’s magnetic field of 1 × 10–4 Wbm–2. The 26. A 72Ω galvanometer is shunted by a resistance of 8 Ω.

frequency of revolution of the electron will be (Take The percentage of the total current which passes

mass of electron = 9.0 × 10–31 kg (JEE Main 2022) through the galvanometer is: (JEE Main 2022)
5
(a) 1.6 × 10 Hz 5
(b) 5.6 × 10 Hz (a) 0.1% (b) 10%
(c) 2.6 × 106 Hz (d) 1.8 × 106 Hz (c) 25% (d) 0.25%
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT AND MAGNETISM 37

27. A proton and an alpha particle of the same velocity

enter in a uniform magnetic field which is acting
perpendicular to their direction of motion. The ratio of
the radii of the circular paths described by the alpha
particle and proton is: (JEE Main 2022) (a)
(a) 1 : 4 (b) 4 : 1
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
28. Two long parallel conduction S1 and S2 are separated
by a distance 10cm and carrying currents of 4A and
2A respectively. The conductors are placed along x- (b)
axis in X-Y plane. There is a point P located between
the conductors (as shown in figure).
A charge particle of 3 coulomb is passing through the

 
point P with velocity v  2iˆ  3 ˆj m/s. where iˆ and ˆj (c)
represents unit vector along x and y axis respectively.
The force acting on the charge particle is
 
4  10 5  xiˆ  2 ˆj N . The value of x is :
(JEE Main 2022) (d)
32. A closely wounded circular coil of radius 5 cm
produces a magnetic field of 37.68 × 10–4 T at its
center. The current through the coil is _________ A.
[Given, number of turns in the coil is 100 and  =
3.14] (JEE Main 2022)
33. A wire of length 314 cm carrying current of 14 A is
bent to form a circle. The magnetic moment of the coil
(a) 2 (b) 1 is _______ A-m2 . [Given  = 3.14]
(c) 3 (d) –3 (JEE Main 2022)
29. The space inside a straight current carrying solenoid is 34. Two 10 cm long, straight wires, each carrying a
filled with a magnetic material having magnetic current of 5A are kept parallel to each other. If each
susceptibility equal to 1.2 x 10–5. What is fractional wire experienced a force of 10–5 N, then separation
increase in the magnetic field inside solenoid with between the wires is ___ cm. (JEE Main 2022)
respect to air as medium inside the solenoid ? 35. A deuteron and a proton moving with equal kinetic
(JEE Main 2022) energy enter into to a uniform magnetic field at right
(a) 1.2 × 10–5 (b) 1.2 × 10–3 angle to the field. If rd and rp are the radii of their
(c) 1.8 × 10 –3
(d) 2.4 × 10–5 r
circular paths respectively, then the ratio d will be
30. Two parallel, long wires are kept 0.20 m apart in rp
vacuum, each carrying current of x A in the same
x :1 where x is _____ . (JEE Main 2022)
direction. If the force of attraction per meter of each
36. A metallic rod of length 20 cm is placed in North-
wire is 2 106 N , then the value of x is South direction and is moved at a constant speed of 20
approximately: (JEE Main 2022) m/s towards East. The horizontal component of the
(a) 1 (b) 2.4 Earth’s magnetic field at that place is 4 x 10–3 T and
(c) 1.4 (d) 2 the angle of dip is 45°. The emf induced in the rod is
31. An infinitely long yellow conducting cylinder with ___ mV. (JEE Main 2022)
radius R carries a uniform current along its surface. 37. A singly ionized magnesium atom (A = 24) ion is
Choose the correct representation of magnetic field (B) accelerated to kinetic energy 5 keV, and is projected
as a function of radial distance (r) from the axis of perpendicularly into a magnetic field B of the
cylinder. (JEE Main 2022) magnitude 0.5 T. The radius of path formed will be
_____ cm. (JEE Main 2022)
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT AND MAGNETISM 38

38. Two long straight wires P and Q carrying equal current (c) 1Am1 (d) 2.4 10 3 Am 1
10A each were kept parallel to each other at 5 cm 43. For a moving coil galvanometer, the deflection in the
distance. Magnitude of magnetic force experienced by coil is 0.05 rad when a current of 10 mA is passed
10 cm length of wire P is F1. If distance between wires through it. If the torsional constant of suspension wire
is halved and currents on them are doubled, force F2
is 4.0 105 Nm rad 1 , the magnetic field is 0.01 T and
on 10 cm length of wire P will be : (JEE Main 2023)
(a) 8F1 (b) 10F1 the number of turns in the coil is 200, the area of each
(c) F1/8 (d) F1/10 turn (in cm2 ) is: (JEE Main 2023)
39. A circular loop of radius r is carrying current I A. The (a) 2.0 (b) 1.0
ratio of magnetic field at thecentre of circular loop and (c) 1.5 (d) 0.5
at a distance r from the center of the loop on its axis is: 44. A single current carrying loop of wire carrying current
(JEE Main 2023) I flowing in anticlockwise direction seen from +ve z
(a) 1: 3 2 (b) 3 2 : 2 direction and lying in xy plane in shown in figure. The

(c) 2 2 :1 (d) 1: 2 plot of ĵ component of magnetic field (By) at a

40. A long solenoid is formed by winding 70 turns cm-1. If distance ‘a’ (less than radius of the coil) and on yz
2.0 A current flows, then the magnetic field produced plane vs z coordinate look like (JEE Main 2023)
inside the solenoid is ______________
 0  4  10 7 TmA1  (JEE Main 2023)
(a) 1232 × 10-4 T (b) 176 × 10-4 T
(c) 352 × 10-4 T (d) 88 × 10-4 T
41. Math List I with List II
List – I(Current List – II(Magnetic field
configuration) at point O)
 I
I. B0  0   2 
4 r
A
(a)
0 I
II. B0 
4 r
B
0 I
III. B0    1 (b)
2 r

C
0 I
D IV. B0    1
4 r (c)

Choose the correct answer from the option given

below; (JEE Main 2023)
(a) A  III; B  IV; C  I, D  II (d)
(b) A  I; B  III; C  IV, D  II
(c) A  III; B  I; C  IV, D  II 45. The electric current in a circular coil of four turns
(d) A  II; B  I; C  IV, D  III produces a magnetic induction 32 T at its centre. The
42. A solenoid of 1200 turns is wound uniformly in a coil is unwound and is rewound into a circular coil of
single layer on a glass tube 2 m long and 0.2 m in single turn, the magnetic induction at the centre of the
diameter. The magnetic intensity at the center of the coil by the same current will be : (JEE Main 2023)
solenoid when a current of 2 A flows through it is: (a) 8 T (b) 4 T
(JEE Main 2023) (c) 2 T (d) 16 T
(a) 2.4  103 Am1 (b) 1.2 103 Am1
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT AND MAGNETISM 39

46. A square loop of area 25cm 2 has a resistance of 10 .

The loop is placed in uniform magnetic field of
magnitude 40.0T . The plane of loop is perpendicular
to the magnetic field. The work done in pulling the
loop out of the magnetic field slowly and uniformly in
1.0 sec , will be (JEE Main 2023)
(a) 2.5 103 J (b) 1.0  103 J
(c) 1.0  104 J (d) 5 103 J (Neglect the effect of earth’s magnetic field.)
47. The magnetic moments associated with two closely (a) 4 3  104 T (b) 4 3  105 T
wound circular coils A and B of radius rA  10cm and
(c) 3  105 T (d) 3 3 105 T
rB  20cm respectively are equal if: (Where N A , I A 50. A current carrying rectangular loop PQRS is made of
and N B , I B are number of turn and current of A and B uniform wire. The length PR = QS = 5 cm and PQ =
respectively) (JEE Main 2023) RS = 100 cm. If ammeter current reading changes
(a) 2 N A I A  N B I B (b) N A  2 N B from I to 2I, the ratio of magnetic forces per unit
length on the wire PQ due to wire RS in the two cases
(c) N A I A  4 N B I B (d) 4 N A I A  N B I B I 2I
respectively f PQ : f PQ is (JEE Main 2023)
48. A massless square loop, of wire of resistance 10 .
Supporting a mass of 1 g. hangs vertically with one of
its sides in a uniform magnetic field of 103 G ,
directed outwards in the shaded region. A dc voltage V
is applied to the loop. For what value of V. the
magnetic force will exactly balance the weight of the
supporting mass of 1g?
(If sides of the loop  10cm, g  10ms 2 ) (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 4
(JEE Main 2023) (c) 1 : 5 (d) 1 : 3
51. A rod with circular cross-section area 2cm 2 and
length 40cm is wound uniformly with 400 turns of an
insulated wire. If a current of 0.4A in the wire
windings, the otal magnetic flux produced inside

windings is 4 10 6 Wb . The relative permeability

of the rod is
(Given : Permeability of vacuum

0  4  10 7 NA 2  (JEE Main 2023)

1 (a) 12.5 (b) 32/5
(a) V (b) 100V
10
(c) 125 (d) 5/16
(c) 1V (d) 10V
49. As shown in the figure, a current of 2A flowing in an 52. The number of turns of the coil of a moving coil
equilateral triangle of side 4 3 cm. The magnetic galvanometer is increased in order to increase current
field at the centroid O of the triangle is : sensitivity by 50%. The percentage change in voltage
(JEE Main 2023) sensitivity of the galvanometer will be:
(JEE Main 2023)
(a) 0% (b) 100%
(c) 75% (d) 50%
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT AND MAGNETISM 40

53. A long conducting wire having a current I flowing Choose the most appropriate answer from the options
through it, is bent into a circular coil of N turns. Then given below: (JEE Main 2023)
it is bent into a circular coil of n turns. The magnetic (a) A and B only (b) A, B and C only
field is calculated at the centre of coils in both the (c) A, B and D only (d) A and C only
cases. The ratio of the magnetic field in first case to 57. A long straight wire of circular cross-section (radius a)
that of second case is: (JEE Main 2023) is carrying steady current I . The current I is
(a) n 2 : N 2 (b) N : n uniformly distributed across this cross-section. The
2 2 magnetic field is (JEE Main 2023)
(c) N : n (d) n : N
(a) uniform in the region r < a and inversely
54. Find the magnetic field at the point P in figure. The
proportional to distance r from the axis, in the
curved portion is a semicircle connected to two long
region r > a
straight wires.: (JEE Main 2023)
(b) zero in the region r < a and inversely proportional
to r in the region r > a
(c) inversely proportional to r in the region r < a and
uniform throughout in the region r > a
(d) directly proportional to r in the region r < a and
inversely proportional to r in the region r > a
58. Certain galvanometers have a fixed one made of non
magnetic metallic material. The function of this
metallic material is (JEE Main 2023)
(a) to bring the coil to rest quickly
0 i 
2  i 1 
(a) 1   (b) 0  1   (b) to oscillate the coil in magnetic field for longer
2r    2r    period of time
 i1 1   i1 1  (c) to make the magnetic field radial
(c) 0    (d) 0   
2r  2 2  2r  2   (d) to produce large deflecting torque on the coil
55. As shown in the figure, a long straight conductor with 59. A charge particle moving in magnetic field B, has the
 components of velocity along B as well as
semicircular arc of radius m is carrying current perpendicular to B. The path of the charge particle will
10
be (JEE Main 2023)
I  3 A . The magnitude of the magnetic field. at the
(a) helical path with the axis along magnetic field B
center O of the arc is:
(b) circular path
(The permeability of the vacuum  4 107 NA 2 ) (c) straight along the direction of magnetic field B
(JEE Main 2023) (d) helical path with the axis perpendicular to the
direction of magnetic field B
60. Given below are two statements: one is labelled as
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R
Assertion A: Electromagnetic are made of soft iron.
(a) 6 μ T (b) 1 μ T Reason R: Soft iron has high permeability and low
(c) 4 μ T (d) 3 μ T retentivity.
In the light of above, statements, choose the most
56. A coil is placed in magnetic field such that plane of
appropriate answer from the options given below.
coil is perpendicular to the direction of magnetic field.
(JEE Main 2023)
The magnetic flux through a coil can be changed:
(a) Both A and R are correct but R is NOT the correct
A. By changing the magnitude of the magnetic field
explanation of A
within the coil.
(b) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct
B. By changing the area of coil within the magnetic
explanation of A
field.
(c) A is correct but R is not correct
C. By changing the angle between the direction of
(d) A is not correct but R is correct
magnetic field and the plane of the coil.
D. By reversing the magnetic field direction abruptly
without changing its magnitude.
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT AND MAGNETISM 41

61. Given below are two statements: B. The electron will experience magnetic force along
Statement I: If the number of turns in the coil of a negative y-axis
moving coil galvanometer is doubled then the current C. The electron will not experience any force in
sensitivity becomes double. magnetic field
Statement II: Increasing current sensitivity of a D. The electron will continue to move along the
moving coil galvanometer by only increasing the positive x-axis
number of turns in the coil will also increase its E. The electron will move along circular path in
voltage sensitivity in the same ratio magnetic field
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct Choose the correct answer from the options given
answer from the options given below: below: (JEE Main 2023)
(JEE Main 2023) (a) A and E Only (b) B and D Only
(a) Statement I is true but Statement II is false (c) C and D Only (d) B and E Only
(b) Statement I is false but Statement II is true 66. A single turn current loop in the shape of a right angle
(c) Both Statement I and Statement II are false triangle with sides 5 cm, 12 cm, 13 cm is carrying a
(d) Both Statement I and Statement II are true current of 2A. The loop is in a uniform magnetic field
62. The free space inside a current carrying toroid is filled of magnitude 0.75 T whose direction is parallel to the
with a material of susceptibility 2  102 . The current in the 13 cm side of the loop. The magnitude of
percentage increase in the value of magnetic field x
the magnetic force on the 5 cm side will be N.
inside the toroid will be (JEE Main 2023) 130
(a) 0.2% (b) 1% The value of x is ____ (JEE Main 2023)
(c) 0.1% (d) 2% 67. Two long parallel wires carrying currents 8A and 15A
63. The current sensitivity of moving coil galvanometer is in opposite directions are placed at a distance of 7 cm
increased by 25%. This increase is achieved only by from each other. A point P is at equidistant from both
changing in the number of turns of coils and area of the wires such that the lines joining the point P to the
cross section of the wire while keeping the resistance wires are perpendicular to each other. The magnitude
of galvanometer coil constant. The percentage change of magnetic field at P is _________ 106 T
in the voltage sensitivity will be: (JEE Main 2023) (JEE Main 2023)
(a) +25% (b) –25% 68. A certain elastic conducting material is stretched into a
(c) Zero (d) –50% circular loop. It is placed with its plane perpendicular
64. An electron is allowed to move with constant velocity to a uniform magnetic field B = 0.8 T. When released
along the axis of current carrying straight solenoid. the radius of the loop starts shrinking at a constant rate
A. The electron will experience magnetic force along of 2 cm-1. The induced emf in the loop at an instant
the axis of the solenoid. when the radius of the loop is 10 cm will be ____ mV
B. The electron will not experience magnetic force. (JEE Main 2023)
C. The electron will continue to move along the axis 69. In an ac generator, a rectangular coil of 100 turns each
of the solenoid.
having area 14  102 m2 is rotated at 360 rev/min
D. The electron will be accelerated along the axis of
the solenoid. about an axis perpendicular to a uniform magnetic
E. The electron will follow parabolic path-inside the field of magnitude 3.0 T. The maximum value of the
solenoid. 22 
emf produced will be ___ V. (Take   
Choose the correct answer from the options given 7 
below: (JEE Main 2023) (JEE Main 2023)
(a) B, C and D only (b) B and E only 70. A charge particle of 2 C accelerated by a potential
(c) B and C only (d) A and D only difference of 100V enters a region of uniform
65. An electron is moving along the positive x-axis. If the magnetic field of magnitude 4 mT at right angle to the
uniform magnetic field is applied parallel to the direction of field. The charge particle completes
negative z-axis, then semicircle of radius 3 cm inside magnetic field. The
A. The electron will experience magnetic force along
mass of the charge particle is _________ 1018 kg .
positive y-axis
(JEE Main 2023)
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT AND MAGNETISM 42

71. Two identical circular wires of radius 20 cm and 76. A compass needle oscillates 20 times per minute at a
carrying current 2A are placed in perpendicular place where the dip is 30 and 30 times per minute
planes as shown in figure. The net magnetic field at where the dip is 60 . The ratio of total magnetic field
the centre of the circular wires is __________ 108 T . 4
due to the earth at two places respectively is
. The
x
value of x is (JEE Main 2023)
77. An electron in a hydrogen atom revolves around its
nucleus with a speed of 6.76  106 ms 1 in an orbit of
radius 0.52 A . The magnetic field produced at the
nucleus of the hydrogen atom is ___________T.
(JEE Main 2023)
(Take   3.14 ) (JEE Main 2023) 78. When a resistance of 5 Ω is shunted with a moving
72. A proton with a kinetic energy of 2.0 eV moves into a coil galvanometer, it shows a full scale deflection for a
region of uniform magnetic field of magnitude current of 250 mA, however when 1050 Ω resistance
 is connected with it in series, it gives full scale
 103 T . The angle between the direction of
2 deflection for 25 volt. The resistance of galvanometer
magnetic field and velocity of proton is 60 . The is _________ Ω . (JEE Main 2023)
pitch of the helical path taken by the proton is ______ 79. A straight wire AB of mass 40 g and length 50 cm is
27 suspended by a pair of flexible leads in uniform
cm. (Take, mass of proton  1.6  10 kg and Charge
19 magnetic field of magnitude 0.40 T as shown in the
on proton  1.6  10 C ). (JEE Main 2023)
figure. The magnitude of the current required in the
73. The ratio of magnetic field at the centre of a current
wire to remove the tension in the supporting leads is
carrying coil of radius r to the magnetic field at
_________A. (Take g  10 ms 2 ).
distance r from the centre of coil on its axis is x :1 .
The value of x is ________ (JEE Main 2023)
74. The current required to be passed through a solenoid
of 15 cm length and 60 turns in order to demagnetise a
bar magnet of magnetic intensity 2.4 103 Am1 is
_________A. (JEE Main 2023)
75. A straight wire carrying a current of 14 A is bent into a
semicircular are of radius 2.2 cm as shown in the (JEE Main 2023)
figure. The magnetic field produced by the current at
the centre (O) of the are. is __________ 10 4 T

(JEE Main 2023)

 43
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

EXERCISE - 3: ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Objective Question (One Answer Correct) 3. A current i flows through an infinitely long wire having
1. A wire is formed into a shape of two half circles connected infinite bends as shown. The radius of first curved section
by equal length sections as shown in figure. A current is a and the radii of successive curved portions each
flows in circuit clockwise as shown .What is the increases by a factor . The magnetic field at the point O is
magnitude of the magnetic field induction at the centre.

I R1
C

R2

0  R1.R 2  I  0 i 0i
(a) (a) 4a    1 (b) 4a    1
 R 2  R1 
 0  R1  R 2  I
(b) 0i2 0i2
4R 2 R 1 (c) 4a 2  1 (d) 4a 2  1
   
 0  R1  R 2  I
(c) 4. The unit vectors ˆi, ˆj and k̂ are as shown below. What
4R 2 R1
will be the magnetic field at O in the following figure
 0  R1  R 2  I
(d)
2R1R 2

2. Consider a current carrying loop shown in figure formed

by radial lines and segments of circle whose centers are
at point P.What is the magnitude of magnetic field
induction at point P.

i a

60° 0 i  ˆ
P (a) 2  j
4 a  2
b

0 I  1 1  0 i  ˆ
(a)    (b) 2  j
3 a b 4 a  2

0 I  1 1 
(b)    0 i  ˆ
6 a b (c) 2  i
4 a  2
0 I  1 1 
(c)    0 i   ˆ
12  a b 
(d) 2  k
4 a  2
0 I  1 1 
(d)   
4 a b
 44
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

5. In figure, the conductors carry equal currents I. All straight 7. A circular current carrying coil has a radius R. The distance
segments are very long and two circular loops have equal from the centre of the coil on the axis where the magnetic
radii. However current around loops have opposite induction will be 1/8th to its value at the centre of the coil, is
senses. What is the ratio of magnetic fields at a and b at
the centre of the loops. (a) R / 3 (b) R 3

(c) 2 3 R (d) 2R / 3
a
I I 8. Two circular coils X and Y have equal number of turns and
carry equal currents in the same sense and subtend same
angle at point O. If the smaller coil X is midway between O
and Y, and we represent the magnetic field due to coil Y at O
b
as By and that due to smaller coil X at O as Bx, then
I I

Ba   1 Ba   2
(a) B    1 (b) B    2
b b

Ba 2  1 Ba 2  1
(c) B  2  1 (d) B  2
b b

6. The magnetic field at the centre of a circular coil of radius

r is  times that due to a long straight wire at a distance r By
from it, for equal currents. Figure here shows three cases : (a) 1
Bx
in all cases the circular part has radius r and straight ones
are infinitely long. For same current the B field at the centre By
(b) 2
P in cases 1, 2, 3 have the ratio Bx
By 1
(c) 
Bx 2
P
By 1
(d) 
P Bx 4
(2)
(1) 9. A non-conducting ring with radius of 10 cm is uniformly
charged with total positive charge of 10 C. The ring
P rotates at constant angular speed of 20 rad/s about an
axis passing through its centre perpendicular to plane of
the ring. What is magnitude of the magnetic field on the
(3)
axis of the ring at 5 cm from the centre?

       3 1  (a) 143 pT (b) 12 pT

(a)    :   :    (c) 9 pT (d) 2 pT
 2 2  4 2
10. The ratio of the magnetic field at the centre of a current
       3 1 
(b)    1 :   1 :    carrying circular wire and the magnetic field at the centre
 2   2   4 2 of a square coil made from the same length of wire will be

  
(c)  : :3 2 2
2 2 4 (a) (b)
4 2 8 2
     1   3 1 
(d)    1 :    :     1
 2   2 4  4 2 (c) (d)
2 2 4 2
 45
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

11. What is the value of the magnetic field induction at the 14. Two thick wires and two thin wires, all of the same materials
point P mentioned in the figure? and same length form a square in the three different ways
d P, Q and R as shown in figure with current connection
shown, the magnetic field at the centre of the square is
I zero in cases

I d

r
P
I

0 I  3 2  0 I  3 3
(a) 4  2R  d  (b) 2  2R  d 
    (a) In P only
(b) In P and Q only
0 I  3 3  0 I  3 2
(c) 4  4R  d  (d) 3  4R  d  (c) In Q and R only
   
(d) P and R only
12. The magnetic field due to a straight conductor of uniform
15. Two long parallel wires carry currents I1=3.0 A and I2=3.0
cross section of radius a and carrying a steady current is
A, both directed into the plane of paper .What is the
represented by
magnitude of magnetic field induction at the point P.
B B
I1
5 cm
(a) (b)
P
13 cm

r r
O a O a
B B

12 cm

(c) (d) I2
O r r
a O a (a) 7.5 T (b) 4 T
13. What is the magnetic field at O due to current carrying long (c) 3 T (d) 13 T
wire, forming a loop as shown in figure?
16. A current i is flowing in a straight conductor of length L.
The magnetic induction at a point distant L/4 from its centre
will be
I
40i
I 2I (a)
a 5 L

O 0i
I 3I (b)
a a 2L

0 I 3 0 I
(a) downwards (b) outwards  0i
2a 2a (c)
2L
0 I 3 0 I
(c) outwards (d) downwards (d) Zero
2a 2a
 46
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

17. A wire is bent into shape as shown in figure and magnetic 20. A 100 turn closely wound circular coil of radius 10 cm
field is measured at P1 when current in wire is I, the same carries a current of 3.2 ampere .The moment of inertia of
the coil is 0.1 kgm2.The coil is placed in a vertical plane
wire is then formed into shape shown in figure .Magnetic
and is free to rotate about horizontal axis which coincides
field is measured at P2 when current is again I . If total
with its diameter. A uniform magnetic field of 2.0 T in
length of the wire is same in each case .What is ratio of B1 horizontal direction exists such that plane of the coil is
to B2. parallel to field .The coil rotates through an angle of 90o
2l due to torque. What is the angular speed acquired by the
coil when it has rotated by 90o.
l
I I I (a) 12 rad/s (b) 15 rad/s
P1
(c) 20 rad/s (d) 25 rad/s
21. A proton (mass m and charge +e) and an   particle
I I (mass 4m and charge +2e) are projected with the same
P2
kinetic energy at right angles to the uniform magnetic
field. Which one of the following statements will be true
1 3 3
(a) (b) (a) The –particle will bent in a circular path with a small
2 2
radius than that for the proton
8 2 16 2 (b) The radius of the path of the –particle will be greater
(c) (d)
2 5 than that of the proton
18. Figure shows the cross-sectional view of the hollow
(c) The –particle and the proton will be bent in a circular
cylindrical conductor with inner radius ‘R’ and outer radius
path with the same radius
‘2R’, cylinder carrying uniformly distributed current along
it’s axis. The magnetic induction at point ‘P’ at a distance (d) The –particle and the proton will go through the
3R/2 from the axis of the cylinder will be field in a straight line
22. If a proton, deutron and   particle on being accelerated
by the same potential difference, enter perpendicular to
the magnetic field, then the ratio of their kinetic energies is
R
(a) 1 : 2 : 2 (b) 2 : 2 : 1
2R 3R/2
(c) 1 : 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 1 : 2
23. An electron and a proton enter region of uniform magnetic
50i field in a direction at right angles to the field with the
(a) Zero (b) same kinetic energy. They describe circular paths of radius
72R
re and rp respectively. Then
7 0i 50i
(c) (d) (a) re = rp (b) re < rp
18R 36R
19. The correct curve between the magnetic induction (B) (c) re > rp
along the axis of a long solenoid due to current flow i in it (d) re may be less than or greater than rp depending on
and distance x from one end is the direction of the magnetic field
24. A particle of charge q and mass m moving with a velocity
v along the x-axis enters the region x > 0 with uniform
magnetic field B along the k̂ direction. The particle will
(a) (b) penetrate in this region in the x-direction upto a distance
O O
d equal to
mv
(a) Zero (b)
qB

(c) (d) 2mv

(c) (d) Infinity
qB
O O
 47
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

25. Two ions having masses in the ratio 1 : 1 and charges 30. A particle with charge q, moving with a momentum p, enters
1 : 2 are projected into uniform magnetic field a uniform magnetic field normally. The magnetic field has
perpendicular to the field with speeds in the ratio 2 : 3. magnitude B and is confined to a region of width d, where
The ratio of the radii of circular paths along which the
p
two particles move is d , The particle is deflected by an angle  in crossing
Bq
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 2 : 3
the field
(c) 3 : 1 (d) 1 : 4
26. There is magnetic field acting perpendicular to plane of × × × ×
paper inwards. Particles in vacuum move in the plane of
× × × ×
paper from left to right as shown. The paths are numbered B
as 1 to 3.Which statement is wrong. p × × × ×
q
1 × × × ×
× ×× d
× × × × ×
2 × × ×
×
× × ××
3 × × Bqd
(a) sin  
p
(a) 1 could be an –particle’s path
(b) 2 is for a neutron
p
(c) 3 is for an electron (b) sin  
Bqd
(d) 3 is for a proton
27. An electron (q = 1.6  10–19 C) is moving at right angle to Bp
(c) sin  
the uniform magnetic field 3.534  10–5 T. The time taken by qd
the electron to complete a circular orbit is
(a) 2 s (b) 4 s pd
(d) sin  
(c) 3 s (d) 1 s Bq

28. A particle of charge per unit mass  is released from origin 31. A beam of singly ionized atoms of carbon each charge +e

with a velocity of v  v0 i in uniform magnetic field
all have the same speed and enter a mass spectrometer,
as shown in figure .The ions strike the photographic plate

B  B0 k . If the particle passes through a point P (0, y, 0) in two different locations 5 cm apart .The 12
C isotope
6
and then y is equal to traces a path of smaller radius,15 cm. What is atomic mass
2v0 v0 number of other isotope?
(a) B  (b) B 
0 0 × × ×
2v0  v0 5cm
(c) B  (d) 2B  × × ×
0 0


When a proton has velocity v  2i  3j  10 m / s it
 
6
29. × × ×
cm


 .When its
15

experiences a force of F  1.28 1013 kN

× × ×
velocity is along +z axis, it experiences a force along +x
axis. What is magnetic field?
× × ×

(a) 0.4jT 
(b) 0.4jT
(a) 14 (b) 15
(c) 0.4i T (d) 0.4k T (c) 16 (d) 18
 48
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

32. A proton accelerated by a potential difference 500 KV qB  a 2  qBd

(a) 2  d  d  (b)
moves though a transverse magnetic field of 0.51 T as   2
shown in figure. The angle  through which the proton qBa
(c) (d) zero
deviates from the initial direction of its motion is 2
37. An electron enters a region where electrostatic field is
20N/C and magnetic field is 5T. If electron passes
undeflected through the region, then velocity of electron
will be
(a) 0.25ms–1 (b) 2ms–1
(c) 4ms–1 (d) 8ms–1
(a) 15° (b) 30° 38. A particle of charge q and mass m is moving along the x-axis
with a velocity v and enters a region of electric field E
(c) 45° (d) 60°
and magnetic field B as shown in figure below for which
33. An electron is moving along the positive X-axis. You want figure the net force on the charge may be zero
to apply a magnetic field for a short time so that the electron (a) (b) Y
Y
may reverse its direction and move parallel to the negative
B E
X-axis. This can be done by applying the magnetic field
along v v X
X q
q O
(a) Y-axis (b) X-axis O

(c) Y-axis only (d) none of these E B

Z Z
34. If a charge particle goes with uniform velocity in a region
(c) (d)
containing electric and magnetic fields Y Y

(a) E must be perpendicular to B E B E

(b) v must not be perpendicular to E
v X v X
(c) v must be perpendicular to B q q
O O B
(d) E must be equal to v B.
35. A charge particle is projected in the magnetic field of B
Z Z
 6i  5j  10 T . The acceleration of the particle is found
3
39. A uniform magnetic field B and a uniform electric field E
act in a common region. An electron is entering this region
to be  i  6j  10 ms . The value of  is
6 2
of space. The correct arrangement for it to escape
(a) 5 (b) 6 undeviated is
(c) 10 (d) 12 E
E
36. A charged particle q enters a region of uniform magnetic B
 B
field B (directed out of page as shown) and is deflected d
v v
after travelling a horizontal distance a. The magnitude of (a) (b)
the momentum of the particle is

B
E

v
(c) (d) v.

B
E
 49
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

40. A current of 5 ampere is flowing in a wire of length 1.5 44. A uniform conducting wire ABC has a mass of 10g. A
metres. A force of 7.5 N acts on it when it is placed in a current of 2A flows through it. The wire is kept in a uniform
uniform magnetic field of 2 Tesla. The angle between the magnetic field B = 2T. The acceleration of the wire will
magnetic field and the direction of the current is
be
(a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) 60° (d) 90° B
41. A wire of length 1 m placed in x-z plane carries a current of
1 ampere .The coefficient of friction between the wire and
the surface is 0.2 and mass of the wire is 1 kg .The magnetic
field of strength 2 T exists along positive y - axis . Then
choose the correct option.
(a) acceleration of wire is 0.5 m/s2
(a) Zero
(b) wire will not move at all
(b) 12ms–2 along y–axis
(c) acceleration of wire is 1 m/s2
(c) 1.2 × 10–3ms–2 along y–axis
(d) acceleration of wire is 2 m/s2
(d) 0.6 × 10–3ms–2 along y–axis
42. An elastic circular wire of length l carries a current I. It is
 45. A current carrying loop is placed in a uniform magnetic
placed in a uniform magnetic field B (Out of paper) such field. The torque acting on it does not depend upon

that its plane is perpendicular to the direction of B . The (a) Shape of the loop (b) Area of the loop
wire will experience
(c) Value of the current (d) Magnetic field
46. A rectangular loop carrying a current i is placed in a uniform
magnetic field B. The area enclosed by the loop is A. If
there are n turns in the loop, the torque acting on the loop
is given by
   
(a) niA  B (b) niA  B

(a) No force (b) A stretching force 1   1  

(c) A compressive force (d) A torque
(c)
n

iA  B  (d)
n
iA  B 
43. Same current i = 2A is flowing in a wire frame as shown in 47. A current carrying rectangular coil is placed in a uniform
figure. The frame is a combination of two equilateral magnetic field. In which orientation, the coil will not tend
to rotate
triangles ACD and CDE of side 1m. It is placed in uniform
(a) The magnetic field is parallel to the plane of the coil
magnetic field B = 4T acting perpendicular to the plane of
(b) The magnetic field is perpendicular to the plane of the
frame. The magnitude of magnetic force acting on the frame
coil
is
(c) The magnetic field is at 45o with the plane of the coil
A (d) Always in any orientation
× × × × × × × ×
48. A wire of length L metre carrying a current of I ampere is
× ×C × × × × × × bent in the form of a circle. Its magnitude of magnetic
D
× × × × × × × × moment will be
× × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × × IL IL2
E (a) (b)
4 4
(a) 24 N (b) Zero
I 2 L2 I2L
(c) (d)
(c) 16 N (d) 8 N 4 4
 50
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

49. A thin circular wire carrying a current I has a magnetic 53. Two very long straight parallel wires carry steady currents
moment M. The shape of the wire is changed to a square I and –I respectively. The distance between the wires is d.
and it carries the same current. It will have a magnetic At a certain instant of time, a point charge q is at a point
moment equidistant from the two wires in the plane of the wires. Its
4 instantaneous velocity v is perpendicular to this plane.
(a) M (b) M
2 The magnitude of the force due to the magnetic field acting
on the charge at this instant is
4 
(c) M (d) M
 4 0 Iqv 0 Iqv
(a) (b)
50. An infinitely long, straight conductor AB is fixed and a 2d d
current is passed through it. Another movable straight
wire CD of finite length and carrying current is held 20 Iqv
(c) (d) zero
perpendicular to it and released. Neglect weight of the d
wire 54. Figure shows a square loop ABCD with edge length a.
The resistance of the wire ABC is r and that of ADC is 2r.
A
The value of magnetic field at the centre of the loop
i1
assuming uniform wire is
B

C D i2
a
A C
B O
i

(a) The rod CD will move upward parallel to itself

(b) The rod CD will move downward parallel to itself
(c) The rod CD will move upward and turn clockwise at the D
same time 2  0i 2  0i
(d) The rod CD will move upward and turn anti-clockwise (a) (b) 
3 a 3 a
at the same time
51. Velocity and acceleration vector of a charged particle 2  0i
 2  0i
(c) (d) 
moving in a magnetic field at some instant are v  3iˆ  3jˆ a a

and acceleration a  2iˆ  xjˆ then select the correct 55. A battery is connected between two pints A and B on the
circumference of a uniform conducting ring of radius r and
option.
resistance R. One of the arcs AB of the ring subtends an
(a) x = – 1.5
angle  at the centre. The value of the magnetic induction
(b) x = 2
at the centre due to the current in the ring is
(c) magnetic field is along Z axis
(a) proportional to (180° – )
(d) speed of the particle is constant
(b) inversely proportional to r
52. A current I flows along the length of an infinitely long,
straight, thin-walled pipe. Then (c) zero, only if (= 180°)
(a) the magnetic field at all points inside the pipe is the (d) zero for all values of 
same, but not zero 56. A charged particle is released from rest in a region of
(b) the magnetic field at any point inside the pipe is zero steady and uniform electric and magnetic fields which
are parallel to each other. The particle will move in a
(c) the magnetic field is zero only on the axis of the pipe
(a) straight line (b) circle
(d) the magnetic field is different at different points inside
the pipe (c) helix (d) cycloid
 51
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

57. A rectangular loop carrying a current i is situated near a 62. An electron is moving along positive x-axis. You want to
long straight wire such that the wire is parallel to one of apply a magnetic field for a short time so that electron
the sides of the loop and is in the plane of the loop. If may reverse its direction and move parallel to negative x-
steady current I is established in the wire as shown in the axis. This can be done by applying the magnetic field
figure, the loop will along
(a) y-axis (b) z-axis
(c) y-axis only (d) z-axis only
63. A charged particle moves in uniform magnetic field. The
velocity of the particle at some instant makes an acute
angle with magnetic field. The path of the particle will be
(a) A helix of uniform pitch
(a) rotate about an axis parallel to the wire
(b) A spiral of increasing radius
(b) move away from the wire
(c) A helix of uniform radius
(c) move towards the wire (d) Helix with increasing pitch
(d) remain stationary 64. A hollow tube is carrying an electric current along its
58. Two particles, each of mass m and charge q, are attached length distributed uniformly over its surface. The
to the two ends of a light rigid rod of length 2R. The rod is magnetic field
rotated at constant angular speed about a perpendicular (a) increases linearly from axis to surface
axis passing through its centre. The ratio of the magnitudes (b) is constant inside the tube
of the magnetic moment of the system and its angular
(c) is zero at the axis
momentum about the centre of the rod is
(d) is non zero outside the tube
(a) q/2m (b) q/m
65. A compass needle which is allowed to move in a horizontal
(c) 2q/m (d) q/m plane is taken to an earth magnetic pole. Which of the
Objective Questions (one or more correct answer) followings are wrong?
(a) needle will stay in north south direction only
59. The cyclotron frequency is independent of
(b) needle will stay in east west direction only
(a) mass of the particle
(c) needle will stay in any position
(b) speed of the particle (d) needle will become rigid showing no movement
(c) radius of circular path of particle 66. Which of the following magnetic materials are affected
(d) charge of the particle by the change in their temperature ?
60. Two ions have equal masses but one is singly ionized (a) Diamagnetic (b) Paramagnetic
and the other is doubly ionized .They are projected from (c)Ferromagnetic (d) All of these
the same place in a uniform magnetic field with the same 67. Which of the following statements are correct ?
velocity perpendicular to the field (a) Diamagnetism occur in all material
(a) Both ions will go along circles of equal radii (b) Diamagnetism is produced due to partial alignment of
(b) Two circles touch each other permanent magnetic dipoles
(c) The circle described by singly ionized charge will be (c) Magnetic field of induced magnetism is opposite to
double radius to that of other circle applied field
(d) The two circles do not touch each other. (d) Ferromagnetism is produced due to domain formation
and their alignment in external magnetic field
61. If a charged particle kept at rest experience an
68. Two identical charged particles enter into a uniform
electromagnetic force then
magnetic field with same speed but at angle 30° and 60°
(a) The electric field must not be zero with field. Let a, b and c be the ratio of their time periods,
(b) Magnetic field must not be zero radii and pitches of helical path respectively then
(c) Electric field may or may not be zero (a) abc = 1 (b) abc > 1
(d) The magnetic field may or may not be zero (c) abc < 1 (d) a = bc
 52
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

69. From a cylinder of radius R, a cylinder of radius R/2 is 3  mv 2 

removed, as shown. Current flowing in the remaining (a) E   
4  qa 
cylinder is I. Magnetic field strength is 3 mv3 
(b) Rate of work done by the electric field at P is 4 
 a 
(c) Rate of work done by the electric field at P is zero
(d) Rate of work done by both the fields at Q is zero
73. A thin wire of length  is carrying a constant current. The
wire is bent to form a circular coil. If radius of the coil, thus
formed, is equal to R and number of turns in it is equal to
n, then which of the following graphs represent(s) variation
of magnetic field induction (B) at centre of the coil
(a) zero at point A (b) zero at point B (a) (b)

 I  I
(c) 30R at point A (d) 30R at point B

70. A long conductor of radius R carries a current uniformly

distributed over its cross-section
(a) The magnetic field strength is maximum on the surface
(b) The magnetic field strength is zero on the surface
(c) The strength of the magnetic field inside the cylinder (c) (d)
will vary as directly proportional to r, where r is the distance
from the axis.
(d) The energy density of the magnetic field outside the
conductor varies as inversely proportional to 1/r2, where r
is the distance from the axis.
+ + 2+
71. H , He and O all having the same kinetic energy pass
through a region in which there is a uniform magnetic field
+ +
perpendicular to their velocity. The masses of H , He and 74. A steady current I flows along an infinitely long hollow
2+
O are 1 amu, 4 amu and 16 amu respectively. Then cylindrical conductor of radius R. This cylinder is placed
+
(a) H will be deflected most coaxially inside an infinite solenoid of radius 2R. The
2+
(b) O will be deflected most solenoid has n turns per unit length and carries a steady
+ 2+ current I. Consider a point P at a distance r from the common
(c) He and O will be deflected equally axis. The correct statement(s) is (are)
(d) all will be deflected equally (a) In the region 0 < r < R, the magnetic field is non-zero
72. A particle of charge +q and mass m moving under the (b) In the region R < r < 2R, the magnetic field is along the
influence of a uniform electric field E ˆi and uniform common axis
magnetic field Bkˆ follows a trajectory from P to Q as (c) In the region R < r < 2R, the magnetic field is tangential
shown in figure. The velocities at P and Q are v ˆi and to the circle of radius r, centered on the axis.
 2v ˆj . Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct ? (d) In the region r > 2R, the magnetic field is non-zero.
75. A proton moving with a constant velocity passes through
y
P v E a region of space without any change in its velocity. If E
and B represent the electric and magnetic fields
B
a
respectively, this region of space may have
(a) E = 0, B = 0 (b) E = 0, B  0
Q
x (c) E  0, B = 0 (d) E  0, B  0
2a 2v
 53
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

76. A neutron, a proton and an electron and alpha particle 80. Statement-1 : The poles of a magnet cannot be separated
enter a region of constant magnetic field with equal by breaking into two pieces.
velocities. The magnetic field is along the inward normal Statement-2 : When magnet is broken into two equal parts,
to the plane of the paper. The tracks of the particles are magnetic moment will be reduced to half.
labelled in figure. The electron follows track......... and the
(a) A (b) B
alpha particle follows track...........
(c) C (d) D
× × × × × × ×
C 81. Statement-1: Two long parallel conductors carrying
×B × × × × × ×
currents in the same direction experience a force of
× A× × × × × × attraction.
× × × × × × ×
Statement-2 : The magnetic fields produced in the space
× × × × × × × between them are in the opposite direction.
D
× × × × × × ×
(a) A (b) B
Numeric Type Questions (c) C (d) D
77. Protons having a kinetic energy of 5 MeV are moving in 82. Statement-1 : A charged particle is moving in a circular
the positive x-direction and enter a magnetic field path with constant speed in uniform magnetic field .If we
increase the speed of the particle three times its
 
B = 0.0500 kˆ T directed out of plane of paper and acceleration will become nine times.
extending from x = 0 to x = 1 m as shown. Calculate the Statement-2 : In a circular path with constant speed,
y-component of the proton’s momentum as they leave the
magnetic field. [in 10–21] v2
acceleration is given by .
R
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
83. Statement-1 : Cyclotron is a device which is used to
78. A long horizontal wire AB which is free to move in a vertical accelerate the positive ions.
plane and carries a current of 20A is in equilibrium at a Statement-2 : Cyclotron frequency does not depend on
height of 1m over another parallel wire CD which is fixed in the velocity of the charged particle.
a horizontal plane and carries a steady current of 40 A. (a) A (b) B
When wire AB is slightly depressed, it executes SHM.
(c) C (d) D.
What is period of oscillation. (g = 9.84 ms–2)
84. Statement-1 : When a charged particle is fired in a
79. A long horizontal wire AB, which is free to move in a
magnetic field the radius of the circular path is directly
vertical plane and carries a steady current of 20 A, is in
proportional to kinetic energy of the particle.
equilibrium at a height of 0.01 m over another parallel long
wire CD which is fixed in a horizontal plane and carries a Statement-2 : The centripetal force on a charge q provided
steady current of 30 A, as shown in figure. Show that by field will be qBv, where v is speed and B is the magnetic
when AB is slightly depressed, it executes simple harmonic field.
motion. Find the period of oscillations. (a) A (b) B

A B (c) C (d) D
C D 85. Statement-1 : Magnetic field at a point on the surface of
Assertion Reason Type Questions long cylindrical wire is maximum.
Statement-2 : For any other point closed loop
(a) Statement–1 is True, Statement–2 is True; Statement–2 is
perpendicular to the wire and of radius equal to distance
a correct explanation for Statement–1.
between axis of the wire and given point will enclose less
(b) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is True; Statement–2 is current.
NOT a correct explanation for Statement–1.
(a) A (b) B
(c) Statement–1 is True; Statement–2 is False.
(c) C (d) D
(d) Statement–1 is False, Statement–2 is True.
 54
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

86. Statement-1 : A charged particle is projected into a region

Match The Column Type Questions
of magnetic field with certain speed. The kinetic energy
of the charge particle will remain constant. 91. A negative charged particle of mass ‘m’ having charge q

Statement-2 : Work done by the magnetic field on the enters in magnetic field B  B0 kˆ at point P (3m, 0, 0) with
charged particle will be zero.

(a) A velocity v0  3jˆ  4k,
ˆ at t = 0 as shown in the figure [Given

(b) B m
(c) C B0q = 1] [No other field is present]
(d) D
87. Statement-1 : A linear solenoid carrying current is
equivalent to a bar magnet.
Statement-2 : The magnetic lines of both are identical.
(a) A
(b) B
(c) C
(d) D
Now match the following :
88. Statement-1 : A proton moving vertically upwards enters
a magnetic field directed towards South. It will be deflected Column–I Column–II
towards east.
Statement-2 : Direction of force can be determined by
Fleming’s left hand rule.
(A) Pitch of the motion  
(P) 3sin t ˆi  3cos t ˆj unit

(a) A of particle
(b) B
24
(c) C (B)
25
× Radius of  
(Q) 3cos t ˆi  3sin t ˆj unit
(d) D
89. Statement-1 : The magnetic field at the ends of a very curvature of particle during
long solenoid carrying current is half of that at the centre
motion at time t = t sec.
deep inside the solenoid.
Statement-2 : If the solenoid is sufficient long the field (C) Velocity component (R) 8 unit
within it is uniform.
of particle in xy-plane
(a) A
(D) Acceleration of particle (S) Constant
(b) B
(c) C 92. A square current carrying loop is placed in x-y plane, a

(d) D uniform magnetic field B  B0 k is present in the
90. Statement-1 : A magnetic field interacts with a moving region.Match the column 1 with column II
charge and not with stationary charge.
Column–I Column–II
Statement-2 : A moving charge produces a magnetic field
around it. (a) Magnetic moment of the loop (P) Zero
(a) A
(b) Torque on the loop (Q) Minimum
(b) B
(c) Potential energy of the loop (R) Stable
(c) C
(d) D (d) Equilibrium of the loop (S) Along z- axis
 55
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

93. Column II gives force expression for current carrying wire 96. Maximum z–coordinate of the particle is
shown in Column I. Match them correctly.
Column–I Column–II 3mv0 2 3mv0
(a) (b)
B0 q B0 q

(A) (P) 2BiR 2mv0 mv0

(c) (d) B q
B0 q 0

Passage - 2
Using the following Passage, solve Q. 97 to 99
(B) (Q) zero
A rigid circular loop has a radius of 0.20 m and is in the x-y
plane. A clockwise current I is carried by the loop, as shown.
The magnitude of the magnetic moment of the loop is 0.75
2
A-m . A uniform external magnetic field, B = 0.20 T in the
positive x-direction, is present
(C) (R) BiR

(D) (S) 2BiR

97. In figure, the magnitude of the magnetic torque exerted on

Comprehension Passage : 1
the loop is closest to
Using the following Passage, solve Q. 94 to 96
(a) 0.55 N-m (b) 0.15 N-m
A particle having a charge q and mass m is projected from
 (c) 0.45 N-m (d) 0.35 N-m
origin with velocity v  v0iˆ in a uniform magnetic
98. In figure the loop is released from rest. The initial motion of
 B0 ˆ 3B0 ˆ the loop is described by
field B  i j.
2 2 (a) point a moves out of the plane, point c moves into the plane
94. Pitch of the helical path described by the particle is (b) points a, b, c and d move counterclockwise
(c) point a, b, c and d move clockwise
2 mv0
(a) qB (d) point c moves out of the plane, point a moves into the plane
99. In figure, an external torque changes the orientation of loop
 mv0 from one of lowest potential energy to one of highest potential
(b)
qB0 energy. The work done by the external torque is closest to
(a) 0.5 J (b) 0.2 J
5 mv0
(c) (c) 0.3 J (d) 0.4 J
qB
–26 –19
100. A particle of mass 1 × 10 kg and charge +1.6 × 10 C
6mv0 6
(d) travelling with a velocity 1.28 × 10 m/s in the +X direction
qB
enters a region in which a uniform electric field E and a
3v0 uniform magnetic field of induction B are present such
95. z-component of velocity is after time t = ____. that E x = E y = 0, Ez = – 102.4 kV/m and Bx = Bz = 0,
2 –2 2
By = 8 × 10 weber/m . The particle enters this region at the
2 m m origin at time t = 0. Determine the location (x, y and z
(a) (b) –6
coordinates) of the particle at t = 5 × 10 s. If the electric
B 0q B0 q
field is switched off at this instant (with the magnetic field
m 2m still present), what will be the position of the particle at
(c) (d) 4B q –6
2 B0 q 0 t = 7.45 × 10 s ?
 56
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

–27
101. A particle of mass m = 1.6 × 10 kg and charge 104. A charged particle enters a region of uniform magnetic
–19
q = 1.6 × 10 C enters a region of uniform magnetic field field at an angle of 85° to the magnetic line of force. The
of strength 1T along the direction shown in figure. The path of the particle is a circle. (True/False)
7
speed of the particle is 10 m/s.
105. Two long straight parallel wires are 2 m apart, perpendicular
× × × × × to the plane of the paper.
× × × × ×
× × × × × The wire A carries a current of 9.6 A, directed into the
× × × × × plane of the paper. The wire B carries a current such that
F × × × × ×
× × × × × the magnetic field of induction at the point P, at a distance
E × × × × ×
× × × × × 10
45º of m from the wire B, is zero.
× × × × × 11
× × × × ×
× × × × ×
(a) The magnetic field is directed along the inward normal
to the plane of the paper. The particle leaves the region
of the field at the point F. Find the distance EF and the
angle .
(b) If the direction of the field is along the outward normal
to the plane of the paper, find the time spent by the
particle in the region of the magnetic field after
entering it at E.
102. The region between x = 0 and x = L is filled with uniform
steady magnetic field B0 kˆ . A particle of mass m, positive

charge q and velocity v0ˆi travels along x-axis and enters

the region of the magnetic field. (Neglect the gravity
throughout the question) Find :
(a) Find the value of L if the particle emerges from the (a) The magnitude and direction of the current in B.
region of magnetic field with its final velocity at an
(b) The magnitude of the magnetic field of induction at the
angle 30° to its initial velocity.
point S.
(b) Find the final velocity of the particle and the time spent
(c) The force per unit length on the wire B.
by it in the magnetic field, if the magnetic field now
expands upto 2.1 L. 106. A pair of stationary and infinitely long bent wires are placed
in the xy plane as shown in figure. The wires carry currents of
i = 10 A each as shown. The segments L and M are along the
x-axis. The segments P and Q are parallel to the y-axis such
that OS = OR = 0.02 m. Find the magnitude and direction of
the magnetic induction at the origin O.
y

i
Q
L R M
x
i P O S i
103. In a hydrogen atom, the electron moves in an orbit of
16 i
radius 0.5 Å making 10 revolutions per second. The
magnetic moment associated with the orbital motion of
the electron is .........
 57
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

107. A straight segment OC (of length L) of a circuit carrying Subjective Type Question
a current I is placed along the x-axis. Two infinitely long
110. A potential difference of 600 V is applied across the plates
straight wires A and B, each extending from z = –  to
of a parallel plate condenser. The separation between the
+ , are fixed at y = – a and y = + a respectively, as shown plates is 3 mm. An electron projected vertically, parallel to
in the figure. If the wires A and B each carry a current I 6
the plates, with a velocity of 2 × 10 m/s moves undeflected
into the plane of the paper, obtain the expression for the between the plates. Find the magnitude and direction of
force acting on the segment OC. What will be the force the magnetic field in the region between the condenser
on OC if the current in the wire B is reversed ? plates. (Neglect the edge effects). (Charge of the electron
–19
= 1.6 × 10 C)
y
600 V
B ×
+ –
+ –
O I C + –
x
+ –
+ –
+ –
A× + –
z

108.
5
A beam of protons with a velocity 4 × 10 m/s enters a 0.1 T( perpendicular to paper inwards)
uniform magnetic field of 0.3 T at an angle of 60° to the 111. There is no change in the energy of a charged particle
magnetic field. Find the radius of the helical path taken by moving in magnetic field although a magnetic force is
the proton beam. Also find the pitch of the helix (which is acting on it.
the distance travelled by a proton in the beam parallel to 112. Why is phosphor bronze alloy preferred for the
the magnetic field during one period of rotation). suspension wire of a moving coil galvanometer ?

109. A particle of mass m and charge q is moving in a region


where uniform, constant electric and magnetic fields E
  
and B are present. E and B are parallel to each other. At

time t = 0, the velocity v 0 of the particle is perpendicular

to E (Assume that its speed is always << c, the speed of
light in vacuum). Find the velocity v of the particle at time
t. You must express your answer in terms of t, q, m, the
  
vector v0 , E and B and their magnitudes v0, E and B.
 58
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

IIT-JEE Questions 4. Two long parallel wires are at a distance 2d apart. They
1. An infinitely long conductor PQR is bent to form a right carry steady equal currents flowing out of the plane of the
paper as shown. The variation of the magnetic field B
angle as shown in figure. A current I flows through PQR.
The magnetic field due to this current at the point M is H1. along the line XX  is given by (JEE 2000)
Now, another infinitely long straight conductor QS is (a)
connected at Q, so that current is I/2 in QR as well as in QS,
the current in PQ remaining unchanged. The magnetic field
at M is now H2. The ratio H1/H2 is given by (JEE 2000)

90º
– (b)
P I Q S
90º

R
x x'
–
(a) 1/2 (b) 1
(c) 2/3 (d) 2
d d
2. An ionized gas contains both positive and negative ions.
If it is subjected simultaneously to an electric field along
(c)
the +x-direction and a magnetic field along the
+z-direction, then (JEE 2000)
(a) positive ions deflect towards +y-direction and negative
ions towards –y-direction
x x'
(b) all ions deflect towards +y-direction
(c) all ions deflect towards –y-direction
(d) positive ions deflect towards –y-direction and
d d
negative ions towards –y-direction
3. A particle of charge q and mass m moves in a circular orbit (d)
of radius r with angular speed . The ratio of the magnitude d d
of its magnetic moment to that of its angular momentum x x'
depends on (JEE 2000)
(a) and q
(b) , q and m
(c) q and m
(d) and m
 59
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

5. A circular loop of radius R is bent along a diameter and 7. A non-planar loop of conducting wire carrying a current I
given a shape as shown in figure. One of the semicircles is placed as shown in the figure. Each of the straight
(KNM) lies in the x-z plane and the other one (KLM) in the sections of the loop is of length 2a. The magnetic field due
y-z plane with their centres at origin. Current I is flowing to this loop at the point P (a, 0, a) points in the direction
through each of the semicircles as shown in figure. (JEE 2001)
(JEE 2000)
z
y
L y
M
I x
N
I z x
K

(a) A particle of charge q is released at the origin with a

 1 1

velocity v   v0ˆi . Find the instantaneous force F (a)
2

 ˆj  kˆ  (b)
3

 ˆj  kˆ  ˆi 
on the particle. Assume that space is gravity free.
1 ˆ ˆ ˆ 1 ˆ ˆ
(b) If an external uniform magnetic field B0ˆj is applied (c)
3

i  j k  (d)
2

ik 
 
determine the force F1 and F2 on the semicircles KLM 8. A coil having N turns is wound tightly in the form of a
 spiral with inner and outer radii a and b respectively. When
and KNM due to the field and the net force F on the
a current I passes through the coil, the magnetic field at
loop. the centre is (JEE 2001)
6. A current of 10 A flow around a closed path in a circuit
which is in the horizontal plane as shown in the figure. 0 NI 2  0 NI
(a) (b)
The circuit consists of eight alternating arcs of radii b a
r1 = 0.08 m and r2 = 0.12 m. Each subtends the same angle
at the centre. (JEE 2001)  0 NI b 0 IN b
(c) 2  b  a  ln a (d)  b  a  ln a

9. Two particles A and B of masses mA and mB respectively

and having the same charge are moving in a plane. A
D uniform magnetic field exists perpendicular to this plane.
r2
C The speeds of the particles are vA and vB respectively and
the trajectories are as shown in the figure. Then
A
r1 (JEE 2001)

i
A
B
(a) Find the magnetic field produced by this circuit at the
centre.
(b) An infinitely long straight wire carrying a current of 10
A is passing through the centre of the above circuit
vertically with the direction of the current being into (a) mAvA < mBvB
the plane of the circuit. What is the force acting on the (b) mAvA > mBvB
wire at the centre due to the current in the circuit ? (c) mA < mB and vA < vB
What is the force acting on the arc AC and the straight
segment CD due to the current at the centre ? (d) mA = mB and vA = vB
 60
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

10. A long straight wire along the z-axis carries a current i 13. A ring of radius R having uniformly distributed charge Q
in the negative z-direction. The magnetic vector field is mounted on a rod suspended by two identical strings.
 The tension in strings in equilibrium is T0. Now a vertical
B at a point having coordinate (x, y) on the z = 0 plane
magnetic field is switched on and ring is rotated at constant
is (JEE 2002)
angular velocity . Find the maximum  with which the
ring can be rotated if the strings can withstand a maximum
(a)

 0 I y ˆi  x ˆj  (b)
 
 0 I x ˆi  y ˆj
3T0
2  x 2
y 2
 2  x 2
y 
2
tension of . (JEE 2003)
2
14. For a positively charged particle moving in a x-y plane

 0 I x ˆj  y ˆi  
 0 I x ˆi  y ˆj  initially along the x-axis, there is a sudden change in its
(c) (d) path due to the presence of electric and/or magnetic fields
2  x 2
 y2  2  x 2
 y2  beyond P. The curved path is shown in the x-y plane and
11. A particle of mass m and charge q moves with a constant is found to be non-circular. (JEE 2003)
velocity v along the positive x-direction. It enter a region
containing a uniform magnetic field B directed along the y
negative z-direction, extending from x = a to x = b. The
minimum value of v required so that the particle can just
enter the region x > b is (JEE 2002) P
x
O
qbB q b  a B
(a) (b)
m m
Which one of the following combinations is possible ?
qaB q b  a B
(c) (d)  
m 2m (a) E  0; B  b ˆj  c kˆ
12. A rectangular loop PQRS made from a uniform wire has  
(b) E  a ˆi ; B  ckˆ  a ˆi
length a, width b and mass m. It is free to rotate about the
arm PQ, which remains hinged along a horizontal line taken  
(c) E  0; B  c ˆj  b kˆ
as the y-axis (see figure). Take the vertically upward
 
direction as the z-axis. A uniform magnetic field (d) E  a ˆi ; B  ckˆ  b ˆj

 
B  3iˆ  4 kˆ B0 exists in the region. The loop is held in 15. A conducting loop carrying a current I is placed in a uniform
magnetic field pointing into the plane of the paper as
the x-y plane and a current I is passed through it. The loop
shown. The loop will have a tendency to (JEE 2003)
is now released and is found to stay in the horizontal
position in equilibrium. (JEE 2002)
z Y
B
×

X
P Q
y
I
a

x S R
b (a) contract
(b) expand
(a) What is the direction of the current I in PQ ?
(c) move towards +ve x-axis
(b) Find the magnetic force on the arm RS.
(d) move towards –ve x-axis
(c) Find the expression for I in terms of B0, a, b and m.
 61
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

16. A current carrying loop is placed in a uniform magnetic 20. Some laws/processes are given in Column-I. Match these
field in four different orientations, I, II, III and IV, arrange with the physical phenomena given in Column-II.(2006)
them in the decreasing order of potential energy Column – I Column – II
(JEE 2003) (A) Dielectric ring uniformly (p) Time independent
charged electrostatic field out of
system
n^ B B (B) Dielectric ring uniformly (q) Magnetic field
charged rotating with
n^ angular velocity 
(I) (II)
(C) Constant current in ring io (r) Induced electric field
n^
(D) i = io cos t (s) Magnetic moment
B B
21. Two wires each carrying a steady current I are shown in four
n^ configuration in Column – I. Some of the resulting effects
(III) (IV) are described in Column – II. Match the statements in
Column – I with the statements in Column – II.
(a) I > III > II > IV (b) I > II > III > IV (JEE2007)
(c) I > IV > II > III (d) III > IV > I > II Column – I Column – II
17. An electron moving with a speed u along the positive (A) Point P is situated midway (P) The magnetic fields (B)
x-axis at y = 0 enters a region of uniform magnetic field between the wires. at P due to the currents
 in the wires are in the
B   B0kˆ which exists to the right of y-axis. The electron same direction.
exists from the region after sometime with the speed v at
co-ordinate y, then (JEE 2004) P

y (B) Point P is situated at the (Q) The magnetic fields (B)

× × × × mid-point of the line joining at P due to the currents
× × × × the centres of the circular in the the wires are in
e– u × × × × wires, which have same radii. opposite direction.
× × × × x
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × × P

(a) v > u, y < 0 (b) v = u, y > 0

(c) v > u, y > 0 (d) v = u, y < 0
(C) Point P is situated at the (R) There is no magnetic
18. A proton and an alpha particle, after being accelerated field mid-point of the line at P.
through same potential difference, enter uniform magnetic joining the centres of the
field, the direction of which is perpendicular to their circular wires, which have
velocities. Find the ratio of radii of the circular paths of the same radii.
two particles. (2004)
19. A moving coil galvanometer experiences torque = ki where i P
is current. If N coils of area A each and moment of inertia I is
kept in magnetic field B. (2005)
(a) Find k in terms of given parameters. (D) Point P is situated at the (S) The wires repel each
 common centre of the wires. other.
(b) If for current i deflection is , find out torsional constant
2
of spring.
P
(c) If a charge Q is passed suddenly through the
galvanometer, find out maximum angle of deflection.
 62
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

 24. A steady current I goes through a wire loop PQR having

22. A magnetic field B  B0ˆj exists in the region a < x < 2a
shape of a right angle triangle with PQ = 3x, PR = 4x and QR

and B  B0ˆj , in the region 2a < x < 3a, where B0 is a positive = 5x, If the magnitude of the magneitc field at P due to this
constant. A positive point charge moving with a velocity  0 I 
 loop is k   , find the value of k. (2009)
v  v0ˆi , where v0 is a positive constant, enters the  48x 
magnetic field at x = a. The trajectory of the charge in this 25. Which of the field patterns given in the figure is valid for
region can be like (JEE 2007) electric field as well as for magnetic field ? (2011)
B0 (a) (b)

0 a x
2a 3a

– B0

z z
(c) (d)
a 2a 3a
x x
(a) a 2a 3a (b)

z z

a 2a 3a
x x
(c) a 2a 3a (d) 26. An electron and a proton are moving on straight parallel
paths with same velocity. They enter a semi-infinite region
of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the velocity.
23. A particle of mass m and charge q, moving with velocity v Which or the following statement(s) is/are true ? (2011)
enters Region II normal to the boundary as shown in the (a) They will never come out of the magnetic field region
figure. Region II has a uniform magnetic field B perpendicular (b) They will come out travelling along parallel paths
to the plane of the paper. The length of the Region II is l.
Choose the correct choice(s). (2008) (c) They will come out at the same time
(d) They will come out at different times.
PASSAGE
The figure shows a circular loop of radius a with two long
parallel wires (numbered 1 and 2) all in the plane of the
paper. The distance of each wire from the centre of the loop
is d. The loop and the wires are carrying the same current I.
The current in the loop is in the counterclockwise direction
if seen from above.

qB
(a) The particle enters Region III only if its velocity v 
m
qB
(b) The particle enters Region III only if its velocity v 
m
(c) Path length of the particle in Region II is maximum when
qB
velocity v 
m
(d) Time spent in Region II is same for any velocity v as
long as the particle returns to Region I
 63
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

27. When d  a but wires are not touching the loop. It is found 29. Consider two different metallic strips (1 and 2) of the same
that the net magnetic field on the axis of the loop is zero at a material. Their lengths are the same, widths are w1 and w2
height h above the loop. In that case (2014) and thicknesses are d1 and d2 respectively. Two points K
(a) current in wire 1 and wire 2 is the direction PQ and RS,
and M are symmetrically located on the opposite faces
respectively and h  a
parallel to the x-y plane (see figure). V1 and V2 are the
(b) current in wire 1 and wire 2 is the direction PQ and SR,
respectively and h  a potential difference between K and M in strips 1 and 2,
(c) current in wire 1 and wire 2 is the direction PQ and SR, respectively. Then, for a given current I flowing through
respectively and h  1.2a them in a given magnetic field strength B, the correct
(d) current in wire 1 and wire 2 is the direction PQ and RS, statement(s) is(are). (2015)
respectively and h  1.2a (a) If w1 = w2 and d1 = 2d2, then V2 = 2 V1
28. Consider d >> a, and the loop is rotated about its diameter
parallel to the wires by 30o from the position shown in the (b) If w1 = w2 and d1 = 2d2, then V2 = V1
figure. If the currents in the wires are in the opposite (c) If w1 = 2w2 and d1 = d2, then V2 = 2 V1
directions, the torque on the loop at its new position will be
(assume that the net field due to the wires is constant over (d) If w1 = 2w2 and d1 = d2, then V2 = V1
the loop) (2014) 30. In terms of potential difference V, electric current I,
2 2
0 I a permittivity , permeability  and speed of light c, the
(a)
d dimensionally correct equation(s) is (are) (2015)
0 I2 a 2 (a) I = V
(b)
2d (b) I = V
0 I2 a 2 (c) I = cV
(c)
d (d) cI = V
2 2
0 I a 31. Consider two different metallic strips (1 and 2) of same
(d)
2d dimensions (length l, width w and thickness d) with carrier
PASSAGE densities n1 and n2, respectively. Strip 1 is placed in magnetic
In a thin rectangular metallic strip a constant current I flows field B1 and strip 2 is placed in magnetic field B2, both along
along the positive x-direction, as shown in the figure. The positive y-directions. Then V1 and V2 are the potential
length, width and thickness of the strip are l, w and d difference developed between K and M in strips 1 and 2,
respectively. respectively. Assuming that the current I is the same for

A uniform magnetic field B is applied on the strip along both the strips, the correct option(s) is(are). (2015)
the positively y-direction. Due to this, the charge carriers
(a) If B1 = B2 and n1 = 2n2, then V2 = 2 V1
experience a net deflection along the z-direction. This result
in accumulation of charge carriers on the surface PQRS (b) If B1 = B2 and n1 = 2n2, then V2 = V1
and appearance of equal and opposite charges on the face
(c) If B1 = 2B2 and n1 = n2, then V2 = 0.5 V1
opposite to PQRS. A potential difference along the z-
direction is thus developed. Charge accumulation continues (d) If B1 = 2B2 and n1 = n2, then V2 = V1
until the magnetic force is balance by the electric force.
The current is assumed to be uniformly distribution on the 32. In which case will the particle move in a straight line with
cross-section of the strip and carried by electrons. constant velocity? (2017)
(a) (IV) (i) (S)
(b) (III) (ii) (R)
(c) (III) (iii) (P)
(d) (II) (iii) (S)
 64
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

33. Two infinitely long straight wires lie in the xy-plane along 35. A circular coil of radius R and N turns has negligible
the lines x =  R. The wire located at x = +R carries a con- resistance. As shown in the schematic figure, its two ends
stant current I1 and the wire located at x = –R carries a are connected to two wires and it is hanging by those
constant current I2. A circular loop of radius R is suspended wires with its plane being vertical. The wires are connected
to a capacitor with charge Q through a switch. The coil is
with its centre at (0, 0, 3R ) and in a plane parallel to the
in a horizontal uniform magnetic field B0 parallel to the
xy-plane. This loop carries a constant current I in the clock-
plane of the coil. When the switch is closed, the capacitor
wise direction as seen from above the loop. The current in
gets discharged through the coil in a very short time. By
the wire is taken to be positive if it is in the j direction. the time the capacitor is discharged fully, magnitude of
Which of the following statements regarding the magnetic the angular momentum gained by the coil will be (assume
 that the discharge time is so short that the coil has
field B is (are) true ? (2018) hardly rotated during this time) – (2020)

(a) If I1 = I2, then B cannot be equal to zero at the origin (0,
0, 0)

(b) If I1 > 0 and I2 < 0, then B can be equal to zero at the
origin (0, 0, 0)

(c) If I1 < 0 and I2 > 0, then B can be equal to zero at the
origin (0, 0, 0)
(d) If I1 = I2, then the z-component of the magnetic field at

 0 I 
the centre of the loop is   
 2R 
34. In the xy-plane, the region y > 0 has a uniform magnetic
field B1 k and the region y < 0 hasanother uniform magnetic (a)

NQB0R 2
2
field B2 k . A positively charged particle is projected from
(b) NQB0 R 2
the origina long the positive y-axis with speed
(c) 2NQB0 R 2
v0   ms 1 at t = 0, as shown in the figure. Neglect gravity
in this problem. Let t = T be the time when the particle (d) 4NQB0R 2
crosses the x-axis from below for the first time. If B2 = 4B1, 36. A particle (mass 4 amu) and a singly charged sulfur ion
the average speed of the particle, in ms–1, along the x-axis in (mass 32 amu) are initially uniform magnetic field which is
the time interval T is _________. (2018) normal to the velocities of the particles. Within this region,
the  -particle and the sulfur ion move in circular orbits

 rs 
of radii rα and rS, respectively. The ratio  r  is___.
 
 65
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

37. A small circular loop of area A and resistance R is fixed on 38. Which one of the following options represents the
a horizontal xy-plane with the center of the loop always magnetic field B at O due to the current flowing in the
on the axis n̂ it of a long solenoid. The solenoid has m given wire segments lying on the xy plane? (2022)
turns per unit length and carries current I counter
clockwise as shown in the figure. The magnetic field due
to the solenoid is in n̂ direction. List-I gives time
dependences of n̂ in terms of a constant angular
frequency  List-II gives the torques experienced by
 A2 02 m 2 I 2
the circular loop at time t  . Let   .
6 2R
(2022)

  0 l  3 1 ˆ
(a) B    k
L  2 4 2 

  0 l  3 1 ˆ
(b) B    k
L  2 2 2 

  0 l  1 ˆ
(c) B  1  k
L  4 2 
  0 l  1 ˆ
(d) B  1  k
L  4 

List - I List II
1
(I)
2
 sin t ˆj  cos t kˆ  (P) 0

1 ˆ
(II)
2
 sin tiˆ  cos t ˆj  (Q) 
4
i

1 3a ˆ
(III)
2
 sin tiˆ  cos t kˆ  (R)
4
i

1  ˆ
(IV)
2
 cos t ˆj  sin t kˆ  (S)
4
j

3 ˆ
i (T) 
4
Which one of the following options is correct?
(a) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  T
(b) I  S, II  T, III  Q, IV  P
(c) I  Q, II  P, III  S, IV  R
(d) I  T, II  Q, III  P, IV  R
 66
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

Find Answer key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book

MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

Please share your valuable feedback by

scanning the QR code.
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 67

05
MAGNETISM AND MATTER

SCAN CODE
MAGNETISM AND MATTER
MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT 73
Chapter 05

MAGNETISM AND MATTER

0
1. MAGNETISM & MATTER In SI units, K   107 Wb A1m1
4
where 0 is absolute magnetic permeability of free
1.1 The Bar Magnet
space (air/vacuum).
It is the most commonly used form of an artificial magnet.
When we hold a sheet of glass over a short bar magnet and  0 m 1m 2 ……..eq.(1)
F
4 r 2
sprinkle some iron filings on the sheet, the iron filings
rearrange themselves as shown in figure. The pattern This is called Coulomb’s law of magnetic force.
suggests that attraction is maximum at the two ends of the However, in cgs system, the value of K = 1.
bar magnet. These ends are called poles of the magnet.
NOTE:
This corresponds to Coulomb’s law in electrostatics.

SI Unit of magnetic pole strength

Suppose m1 = m2 = m (say),
r = 1 m and F = 10-7 N
From equation (1),
 m m
107  107  or m 2  1 or m = +1 ampere-
12
Fig. 5.1 metre (Am). Therefore, strength of a magnetic pole is
said to be one ampere-metre, if it repels an equal and
1. The earth behaves as a magnet. similar pole, when placed in vacuum (or air) at a
2. Every magnet attracts small pieces of magnetic distance of one metre from it, with a force of 10–7 N.
substances like iron, cobalt, nickel and steel towards it.
6. The magnetic poles always exist in pairs. The poles of
3. When a magnet is suspended freely with the help of an a magnet can never be separated i.e. magnetic
unspun thread, it comes to rest along the north south monopoles do not exist.
direction.
The magnetic field at large distance due to a bar
4. Like poles repel each other and unlike poles attract magnet of magnetic moment m can be obtained from
each other. the equation for electric field due to an electric dipole
5. The force of attraction or repulsion F between two moment p, by making the following replacements.
magnetic poles of strengths m1 and m2 separated by a 
1
E  B, p  m,  0
distance r is directly proportional to the product of 4  0 4
pole strengths and inversely proportional to the square
of the distance between their centres, i.e., In particular, we can write down the equatorial field
(BE) of a bar magnet at a distance r, for r>>l, where l is
m1m2 m1m2
F or F  K , where K is magnetic m
r2
r2 the size of the magnet : BE = - 0 3
4r
force constant.
Likewise, the axial field (BA) of a bar magent for r >>
 2m
l is: B A  0 3
4 r

SCAN CODE
MAGNETISM AND MATTER
MAGNETISM AND MATTER 69

3.1 Magnetic Declination

2. MAGNETISM AND GAUSS’S LAW
Magnetic declination at a place is the angle between
According to Gauss’s law for magnetism, the net magnetic magnetic meridian and geographic meridian at that place.
flux (B) through any closed surface is always zero.

Fig. 5.2
Fig. 5.5
3. EARTH’S MAGNETISM Retain in Memory

Magnetic elements of earth at a place are the quantities 1. The earth’s magnetic poles are not at directly opposite
which describe completely in magnitude as well as positions on globe. Current magnetic south is farther
direction, the magnetic field of earth at that place. from geographic south than magnetic north is from
geographic north.
2. Infact, the magnetic field of earth varies with position
and also with time. For Example- In a span of 240
years from 1580 to 1820 A.D., the magnetic
declination at London has been found to change by
3.5° – suggesting that magnetic poles of earth change
their position with time.
3. The magnetic declination in India is rather small. At
Fig. 5.3 Delhi, declination is only 0° 41’ East and at Mumbai,
the declination is 0° 58’ West. Thus, at both these
places, the direction of geographic north is given quite
accurately by the compass needle (within 1° of the
actual direction).
3.2 Magnetic Dip or Magnetic Inclination
Magnetic dip or magnetic inclination at a place is defined as
the angle which the direction of total strength of earth’s
magnetic field makes with a horizontal line in magnetic
meridian.

Fig. 5.4

SCAN CODE
MAGNETISM AND MATTER
MAGNETISM AND MATTER 70

3.3 Horizontal Component

4. MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF MATTER
It is the component of total intensity of earth’s magnetic
To describe the magnetic properties of materials, we define
field in the horizontal direction in magnetic meridian. It is
the following few terms, which should be clearly understood
represented by H.
4.1 Magnetic Permeability
In figure, AK represents the total intensity of earth’s
It is the ability of a material to permit the passage of
magnetic field, ∠BAK =. The resultant intensity R along
magnetic lines of force through it i.e. the degree or extent to
AK is resolved into two rectangular components:
which magnetic field can penetrate or permeate a material is
Horizontal component along AB is
called magnetic permeability of the material. It is
AL = H = R cos  ...(1) represented by r.
Vertical component along AD is Relative magnetic permeability of a material is defined as
AM = V = R sin  ...(2) the ratio of the number of magnetic field lines per unit area
(i.e. flux density B) in that material to the number of
Square (23) and (24), and add
magnetic field lines per unit area that would be present, if
H2 + V2 = R2 (cos2  + sin2 ) = R2
the medium were replaced by vacuum. (i.e. flux density B0).

R  H2  V2 ...(3) i.e., r 
B
B0
Dividing (24) by (23), we get
Relative magnetic permeability of a material may also be
R sin  V V ...(4) defined as the ratio of magnetic permeability of the material
 or tan  
R cos  H H
() and magnetic permeability of free space (o)
The value of horizontal component H = R cos is different

at different places. At the magnetic poles,  = 90° r  or   r 0
0
H = R cos 90° = zero
We know that m0=4×10-7 weber/amp-metre (Wb A-1 m-1 )
At the magnetic equator,  = 0°
H = R cos 0° = R or henry/metre (Hm-1)

Horizontal component (H) can be measured using SI units of permeability () are
both, a vibration magnetometer and a deflection Hm-1 = Wb A-1 m-1 = (T m2) A-1 m-1 = T m A-1
magnetometer. 
4.2 Magnetic Intensity ( H )
The value of H at a place on the surface of earth is of
The degree to which a magnetic field can magnetize a
the order of 3.2 × 10-5 tesla.
material is represented in terms of magnetizing force or

magnetize intensity ( H).
NOTE:
The direction of horizontal component H of earth’s 4.3 Magnetization or Intensity of Magnetization ‘I’
magnetic field is from geographic south to geographic
north above the surface of earth. (if we ignore It represents the extent to which a specimen is magnetized,
declination). when placed in a magnetizing field. Quantitatively,
Apparent Horizontal component BH' = BH cos θ The magnetization of a magnetic material is defined as the
magnetic moment per unit volume of the material.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETISM AND MATTER
MAGNETISM AND MATTER 71

Magnetic moment m 5. CLASSIFICATION OF MAGNETIC MATERIALS

M  
volume V

There are SI unit of I, which are the same as SI units of H. There is a large variety of elements and compounds on
earth. Some new elements, alloys and compounds have been
Magnetic susceptibility (  m ) of a magnetic material is
synthesized in the laboratory. Faraday classified these
defined as the ratio of the intensity of magnetization (I)
substances on the basis of their magnetic properties, into the
induced in the material to the magnetizing force (H) applied
following three categories:
on it. Magnetic susceptibility is represented by  m .
(i) Diamagnetic substances,
(ii) Paramagnetic substances, and
Thus  m  I
H (iii) Ferromagnetic substances

Relation between magnetic permeability and magnetic Their main characteristics are discussed below:

susceptibility
5.1 Diamagnetic Substances
When a magnetic material is placed in a magnetizing field
The diamagnetic substances are those in which the
of magnetizing intensity H, the material gets magnetized.
individual atoms/molecules/ions do not possess any net
The total magnetic induction B in the material is the sum of
magnetic moment on their own. When such substances are
the magnetic induction B0 in vacuum produced by the
placed in an external magnetizing field, they get feebly
magnetic intensity and magnetic induction Bm, due to magnetized in a direction opposite to the magnetizing field.
magnetization of the material. Therefore, when placed in a non-uniform magnetic field, these

B = B0 + B m substances have a tendency to move from stronger parts of

the field to the weaker parts.
But B0 = 0 H and Bm = 0 I, where I is the intensity of
When a specimen of a diamagnetic material is placed in a
magnetization induced in the magnetic material. Therefore, magnetizing field, the magnetic field lines prefer not to pass
from above through the specimen.
B   0 H   0 I   0 H  I , Relative magnetic permeability of diamagnetic substances is
always less than unity.
i.e., B  0  H  I 
From the relation  r  1   m  , a s  r  1,  m is negative.
I
Now as m   I  m H Hence susceptibility of diamagnetic substances has a small
H
negative value.
From above, B   0  H   m H    0 H 1   m 
A superconductor repels a magnet and in turn, is repelled by
But B = H the magnet.
 The phenomenon of perfect diamagnetism in
H   0 H 1   m  or  1  m
0
superconductors is called Meissner effect. Superconducting
or r  1m magnets have been used for running magnetically leviated
superfast trains.
This is the relation between relative magnetic permeability
and magnetic susceptibility of the material.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETISM AND MATTER
MAGNETISM AND MATTER 72

5.2 Paramagnetic Substances  With rise in temperature, susceptibility of

Paramagnetic substances are those in which each individual ferromagnetic decreases. At a certain temperature,
atom/molecule/ion has a net non-zero magnetic moment of ferromagnetic change over to paramagnetic. This
its own. When such substances are placed in an external transition temperature is called curie temperature. For
magnetic field, they get feebly magnetized in the direction Example, curie temperature of iron is about 1000 K
of the magnetizing field. Substance m r 
When placed in a non-uniform magnetic field, they tend to
move from weaker parts of the field to the stronger parts. 1. Diamagnetic -1  m < 0 0  r < 1  < 0

When a specimen of a paramagnetic substance is placed in a

2. Paramagnetic 0 < m < * 0<m< *  > 0
magnetizing field, the magnetic field lines prefer to pass
through the specimen rather than through air.
3. Ferromagnetic m > > 1 m > > 1 >> 0
From the SI relation,  r  1   m , as  r  1 , therefore,  m
must be positive. Hence, susceptibility of paramagnetic 5.4 Curie Law in Magnetism
substances is positive, though small. According to Curie law,
Susceptibility of paramagnetic substances varies inversely Intensity of magnetization (I) of a magnetic material is (i)
1 directly proportional to magnetic induction (B), and (ii)
as the temperature of the substance i.e. m  i.e. they
T inversely proportional to the temperature (T) of the material.
lose their magnetic character with rise in temperature. 1
i.e., I  B, and I 
T
5.3 Ferromagnetic Substances
B
Ferromagnetic substances are those in which each individual Combining these factors, we get I 
T
atom/molecule/ion has a non-zero magnetic moment, as in a
As B  H , magnetizing intensity
paramagnetic substance.
H I 1 I
When such substances are placed in an external magnetizing I  or  But  m
T H T H
field, they get strongly magnetized in the direction of the
1 C
field.  m  or m 
T T
The ferromagnetic materials show all the properties of
where C is a constant of proportionality and is called Curie
paramagnetic substances, but to a much greater degree. For constant.
Example,
6. HYSTERESIS CURVE
 They are strongly magnetized in the direction of
external field in which they are placed. The hysteresis curve represents the relation between
 Relative magnetic permeability of ferromagnetic  
magnetic induction B (or intensity of magnetization I ) of a
materials is very large ( 103 to 105) ferromagnetic material with magnetizing force or magnetic
 The susceptibility of ferromagnetic materials is also 
intensity H. The shape of the hysteresis curve is shown in
very large.   m   r  1  figure. It represents the behavior of the material as it is taken
That is why they can be magnetized easily and through a cycle of magnetization.
strongly.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETISM AND MATTER
MAGNETISM AND MATTER 73


Suppose the material is unmagnetized initially i.e. B = 0, and Next, we decrease the solenoid current and hence magnetic
 
H  0 . This state is represented by the origin O. We place intensity H till it reduces to zero. The curve follows the path
 
the material in a solenoid and increase the current through ab showing that when H  0 , B  0 . Thus, some

the solenoid gradually. The magnetizing force H increases. magnetism is left in the specimen.
 
The magnetic induction B in the material increases and The value of magnetic induction B left in the specimen
saturates as depicted in the curve oa. This behavior when the magnetizing force is reduced to zero is called
represents alignment and merger of the domains of Retentivity or Remanence or Residual magnetism of the
 material.
ferromagnetic material until no further enhancement in B is
possible. Therefore, there is no use of increasing solenoid It shows that the domains are not completely randomized

current and hence magnetic intensity beyond this. even when the magnetizing force is removed. Next, the
current in the solenoid is reversed and increased slowly.
Certain domains are flipped until the net magnetic induction

B inside is reduced to zero. This is represented by the curve
bc. It means to reduce the residual magnetism or retentivity
to zero, we have to apply a magnetizing force = OC in
opposite direction. This value of magnetizing force is called
coercivity of the material.
As the reverse current in solenoid is increased in magnitude,
we once again obtain saturation in the reverse direction at d.
The variation is represented by the curve cd. Next, the
solenoid current is reduced (curve de), reversed and
increased (curve ea). The cycle repeats itself. From figure,
we find that saturated magnetic induction BS is of the order
Fig. 5.6 -1
of 1.5 T and coercivity is of the order of –90 Am .
From the above discussion, it is clear that when a specimen
of a magnetic material is taken through a cycle of
magnetization, the intensity of magnetization (I) and
magnetic induction (B) lag behind the magnetizing force
(H). Thus, even if the magnetizing force H is made zero, the
values of I and B do not reduce to zero i.e., the specimen
tends to retain the magnetic properties.
This phenomenon of lagging of I or B behind H when a
specimen of a magnetic material is subjected to a cycle of
magnetization is called hysteresis.
For Example - , hysteresis loop for soft iron is narrow and
large, whereas the hysteresis loop for steel is wide and short,
Fig. 5.7 figure

SCAN CODE
MAGNETISM AND MATTER
MAGNETISM AND MATTER 74

Fig. 5.8
The hysteresis loops of soft iron and steel reveal that
 The retentivity of soft iron is greater than the
retentivity of steel,
 Soft iron is more strongly magnetized than steel,
 Coercivity of soft iron is less than coercivity of steel. It
means soft iron loses its magnetism more rapidly than
steel does.
 As area of I-H loop for soft iron is smaller than the
area of I-H loop for steel, therefore, hysteresis loss in
case of soft iron is smaller than the hysteresis loss in
case of steel.

SCAN CODE
MAGNETISM AND MATTER
 75
MAGNETISM AND MATTER

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Bar Magnet and Terrestrial Magnetism 5. In a magnetic meridian of a certain place, horizontal compo-
1. A thin rectangular bar magnet suspended freely has nent of earth’s field is 0.25G and the angle of dip is 60o.What
period of oscillation of 4 seconds. What will be period is the magnetic field of the earth at this location.
of oscillation if the magnet is broken into two halves; (a) 0.5G (b) 0.25 G
each having length half of original; and one piece is
made to oscillate in the same field. (c) 0. 25 3 G (d) none of these
(a) 2 s (b) 3 s 6. The angles of dip at the poles and the equator respectively are
(c) 1 s (d) 4 s (a) 30°, 60° (b) 90°, 0°
2. Of the following figure, the lines of magnetic induction (c) 30°, 90° (d) 0°, 0°
due to a magnet SN, are given by
7. At a certain place, the horizontal component of the earth’s
(1) (2) magnetic field is B0 and the angle of dip is 45°. The total
intensity of the field at that place will be

(a) B0 (b) 2 B0

(c) 2B0 (d) B02

8. The magnetic lines of force due to horizontal component of

earth’s magnetic field will be
(3) (4) (a) elliptical
(b) circular
(c) horizontal and parallel
(d) curved
9. The magnetic induction along the axis of an air cored
solenoid is 0.03 T. On placing an iron core inside the solenoid
the magnetic induction becomes 1.5T .The relative
permeability of iron core will be
(a) 1 (b) 2 (a) 12 (b) 40
(c) 3 (d) 4 (c) 50 (d) 300
3. The total intensity of the Earth’s magnetic field at equator 10. If a magnetising field of 2000 A/m produces a magnetic flux
is 5 units. What is its value at the poles ? density of 1 T in an material. Then the relative permeability
(a) 5 (b) 4 of the material will be

(c) 3 (d) 2 (a) 397.7 (b) 448.5

4. At a certain place, horizontal component of Earth’s field is (c) 533 (d) 657

3 times the vertical component. The angle of dip at this 11. A magnetising field of 2 × 103 amp/m produces a magnetic
flux density of 8 tesla in an iron rod. The relative permeability
place is
of the rod will be
(a) 0 (b) p/3 (a) 102 (b) 100
(c) p/6 (d) none of the above (c) 103 (d) 104
 76
MAGNETISM AND MATTER

12. An iron rod of length 20 cm and diameter 1 cm is placed Properties of Magnetic Materials
inside a solenoid on which the number of turns is 600. The
17. A uniform magnetic field parallel to the plane of paper, existed
relative permeability of the rod is 1000. If a current of 0.5 A is
in space initially directed from left to right. When a bar of
placed in the solenoid, then the magnetisation of the rod
will be soft iron is placed in the field parallel to it, the lines of force
passing through it will be represented by figure
(a) 2.997 × 102 A/m (b) 2.997 × 103 A/m
(c) 2.997 × 104 A/m (d) 1.49 × 105 A/m
13. A solenoid has core of a material with relative permeability
400.The winding of the solenoid are insulated from the core (A) (B)
and carry a current of 2 ampere. If the number of turns is
1000 per meter, what is magnetic flux density inside the
core?
(a) 0.4T (b) 0.5 T
(c) 0.7 T (d) 1.0T (C) (D)
14. The mass of iron rod is 80 gm and its magnetic moment is
10A.m2.If the density of iron is 8 gm/cc, then the value of
intensity of magnetization will be (a) A (b) B
6
(a) 10 A/m (b) 3000 A/m (c) C (d) D
5
(c) 10 A/m (d) 1A/m 18. A sensitive magnetic instrument can be shielded very
15. The magnetic susceptibility of a material of a rod is 499. effectively from outside magnetic field by placing it inside
Permeability of vacuum is 4 × 10 –7 H/m. Absolute a box of
permeability of the material of the rod in henry/meter is
(a) Teak wood
(a) p × 10–4 (b) 4p × 10–4 (b) plastic material
(c) 3p × 10–4 (d) 2p × 10–4 (c) A metal of low magnetic permeability
16. The coercivity of a bar magnet is 4000A/m .In order to (d) A metal of high magnetic permeability
demagnetize it is placed inside a solenoid of length 12 cm
19. Magnetic susceptibility is negative for
and having 60 turns. What current should be passed
through the solenoid? (a) Paramagnetic material only
(a) 2A (b) 4A (b) Diamagnetic material only
(c) 8A (d) 16A (c) Ferromagnetic material only
(d) Paramagnetic and Ferromagnetic materials
20. The materials suitable for making electromagnets should
have-
(a) high retentivity and high coercivity
(b) low retentivity and low coercivity
(c) high retentivity and low coercivity
(d) low retentivity and high coercivity
21. Curie temperature is the temperature above which :
(a) a ferromagnetic material becomes para magnetic
(b) a paramagnetic material becomes diamagnetic
(c) a ferromagnetic material becomes diamagnetic
(d) a paramagnetic material becomes ferromagnetic
MAGNETISM AND MATTER 77

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

Questions marked with asterisk (*) are (a) 3:4 (b) 4 : 3

deleted from JEE Main (c) 3:2 (d) 2 : 3
1. A soft ferromagnetic material is placed in an external 7*. The vertical component of the earth's magnetic field is
magnetic field. The magnetic domains: (2021) 6 × 10–5 T at any place where the angle of dip is 37º.
(a) may increase or decrease in size and change its The earth's resultant magnetic field at that place will
orientation.
3
(b) increase in size but no change in orientation. be (Given tan 37  ) (JEE Main 2022)
4
(c) have no relation with external magnetic field.
(d) decrease in size and changes orientation. (a) 8 × 10–5 T (b) 6 × 10–5 T
2. In a ferromagnetic material, below the curie (c) 5 × 10–4 T (d) 1 × 104 T
temperature, a domain is defined as: 8. The soft-iron is a suitable material for making an
(2021) electromagnet. This is because soft-iron has
(a) a macroscopic region with saturation (JEE Main 2022)
magnetization. (a) low coercivity and high retentivity
(b) a macroscopic region with zero magnetization.
(b) low coercivity and low permeability
(c) a macroscopic region with consecutive magnetic
dipoles oriented in opposite direction. (c) high permeability and low retentivity
(d) a macroscopic region with randomly oriented (d) high permeability and high retantivity
magnetic dipoles. 9. Given below are two statements:
3*. A bar magnet of length 14 cm is placed in the Statement - I: Susceptibilities of paramagnetic and
magnetic meridian with its north pole pointing ferromagnetic substances increase with decrease in
towards the geographic north pole. A neutral point is temperature.
obtained at a distance of 18 cm from the center of the Statement - II: Diamagnetism is a result of orbital
magnet. If BH = 0.4G, the magnetic moment of the motions of electrons developing magnetic moments
magnet is (1G = 10–4T) (2021) opposite to the applied magnetic field.
(a) 28.80JT 1 (b) 2.880JT 1 Choose the correct answer from the options given
(c) 2.880  103 JT 1 (d) 2.880  10 2 JT 1 below: (JEE Main 2022)
4. Two bar magnets oscillate in a horizontal plane in (a) Both Statement - I and Statement - II are true
earth’s magnetic field with time periods of 3 s and 4 s (b) Both Statement - I and Statement - II are false
respectively. If their moments of inertia are in the ratio (c) Statement-I is true but Statement-II is false.
of 3 : 2 then the ratio of their magnetic moments will e (d) Statement - I is false but Statement - II is true.
(JEE Main 2022) 10. The susceptibility of a paramagnetic material is 99.
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 8 : 3
The permeability of the material in WB/A-m, is:
(c) 1 : 3 (d) 27 : 16
5*. A magnet hung at 45° with magnetic meridian makes [Permeability of free space 0  4 107 Wb / A  m ]
an angle of 60° with the horizontal. The actual value of (JEE Main 2022)
the angle of dip is (JEE Main 2022)
(a) 4  107 (b) 4  104
1 
3
(a) tan 
 2 
(b) tan 1
 6 (c) 4  105 (d) 4  106
 
 2  1 11. A bar magnet having a magnetic moment of
(c) tan 1  (d) tan 1 
 3   2  2.0  105 JT 1 is placed along the direction of uniform
   
magnetic field of magnitude B  14 105 T . The work
6*. A compass needle of oscillation magnetometer
done in rotating the magnet slowly through 60° from
oscillates 20 times per minute at a place P of dip 30°. the direction of field is: (JEE Main 2022)
The number of oscillations per minute become 10 at (a) 14 J (b) 8.4 J
another place Q of 60° dip. The ratio of the total
(c) 4 J (d) 1.4 J
magnetic field at the two places (BQ : BP) is:
(JEE Main 2022)
MAGNETISM AND MATTER 78

12. A bar magnet with a magnetic moment 5.0Am 2 is 16. The source of time varying magnetic field may be
placed in parallel position relative to a magnetic field (A) a permanent magnet
of 0.4T. The amount of required work done in turning (B) an electric field changing linearly with time
the magnet form parallel to antiparallel position (C) direct current
relative to the field direction is (JEE Main 2023) (D) a decelerating charge particle
(a) 4 J (b) 1 J (E) an antenna fed with a digital signal
(c) 2 J (d) Zero Choose the correct answer from the options given
13. A bar magnet is released from rest along the axis of a below: (JEE Main 2023)
very long vertical copper tube. After some time the (a) (A) only
magnet will (JEE Main 2023) (b) (C) and (E) only
(a) oscillate inside the tube (c) (D) only
(b) move down with an acceleration greater than g (d) (B) and (D) only
(c) move down with almost constant speed
(d) move down with an acceleration equal to g
14. Given below are two statements:
Statement I: For diamagnetic substance, –1  x  0 ,
where x is the magnetic susceptibility.
Statement II: Diamagnetic substances when placed in
an external magnetic field, tend to move from stronger
to weaker part of the field. In the light of the above
statements, choose the correct answer from the options
given below (JEE Main 2023)
(a) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is true
(b) Statement I is correct but Statement II is false
(c) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
(d) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
15. Given below are two statements:
Statement I: The diamagnetic property depends on
temperature.
Statement II: The induced magnetic dipole moment
in a diamagnetic sample is always opposite to the
magnetizing field.
In the light of given statements, choose the correct
answer from the options given below.
(JEE Main 2023)
(a) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
(b) Statement I is correct but Statement II is false.
(c) Both Statement I and Statement II are False.
(d) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is true.
 79
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

06
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 80
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

Chapter 06

ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

1. MAGNETIC FLUX
 Second law: The induced emf is given by rate of
 The total number of magnetic lines of force passing change of magnetic flux linked with the circuit i.e.
normally through an area placed in a magnetic field is d Nd
e . For N turns e   ; Negative sign
equal to the magnetic flux linked with that area. dt dt
indicates that induced emf (e) opposes the change of
flux.
Induced current Induced charge Induced power
(i) (q) (p)
2
e N d N e2 N 2  d 
i  . dq  idt   .d P   
R R dt R R R  dt 

Fig.6.1 Induced charge is It depends on

 
 Net flux through the surface  =  B. dA = BA cos  time independent. time and
resistance
( is the angle between area vector and magnetic field
Various Methods of Producing induced E.M.F.
vector) If  = 0o then = BA, If  = 90o then  = 0
We have learnt that e.m.f. is induced in a circuit, whenever the
 Unit and Dimension: Magnetic flux is a scalar amount of magnetic flux linked with the circuit is changed. As
quantity. It’s S.I. unit is weber (wb), CGS unit is  = BA cos , the magnetic flux  can be changed by changing
Maxwell or Gauss × cm2; (1wb = 108 Maxwell). B, A or . Hence there are three methods of producing
N  m Joule induced e.m.f.
 Other units: Tesla × m2  
Amp Amp
1. By changing the magnitude of magnetic field B,
Volt  Coulomb
 = Volt × sec = Ohm × Coulomb = 2. By changing the area, A, i.e., by shrinking or stretching
Amp
or changing the shape of the coil.
Henry × Amp. It’s dimensional formula
3. By changing angle  between the direction of B and
[] = [ML2T–2A–1]
normal to the surface area A, i.e., changing the relative
orientation of the surface area and the magnetic field.
2. FARADAY’S LAWS OF EMI
2. LENZ’S LAW
 First law: Whenever the number of magnetic lines of
force (magnetic flux) passing through a circuit changes This law gives the direction of induced emf/induced current.
an emf is produced in the circuit called induced emf. According to this law, the direction of induced emf or current
The induced emf persists only as long as there is in a circuit is such as to oppose the cause that produces it. This
change or cutting of flux. law is based upon law of conservation of energy.

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 81
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

1. When N-pole of a bar magnet moves towards the coil, 3. If the loop is free to move the cause of induced emf in
the flux associated with loop increases and an emf is the coil can also be termed as relative motion.
induced in it. Since the circuit of loop is closed,
Therefore to oppose the cause, the relative motion
induced current also flows in it.
2. Cause of this induced current, is approach of north between the approaching magnet and the loop should be
pole and therefore to oppose the cause, i.e., to repel the opposed. For this, the loop will itself start moving in the
approaching north pole, the induced current in loop is
direction of motion of the magnet.
in such a direction so that the front face of loop
behaves as north pole. Therefore induced current as 4. It is important to remember that whenever cause of
seen by observer O is in anticlockwise direction. induced emf is relative motion, the new motion is
(figure)
always in the direction of motion of the cause.

Table: The various positions of relative motion between the magnet and the coil

Position of magnet

Direction of Anti-clock wise

Anti-clock wise direction Clock wise direction Clock wise direction
induced current direction
Behaviour of face
As a north pole As a south pole As a south pole As a north pole
of the coil
Type of magnetic
Repulsive force Attractive force Repulsive force Attractive force
force opposed
Magnetic field
linked with the coil
Cross (), increases Cross (), Decreases Dots (.) Increases Dots (.) Decreases
and it’s progress
as view from left

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 82
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

3. Motion of conducting rod on an inclined plane:

4. 4. DYNAMIC (MOTIONAL) EMF DUE TO
When conductor start sliding from the top of an
TRANSLATORY MOTION inclined plane as shown, it moves perpendicular to
it’s length but at an angle with the direction of
1. Consider a conducting rod of length l moving with a magnetic field.

uniform velocity v perpendicular to a uniform

magnetic field B , directed into the plane of the
paper. Let the rod be moving to the right as shown in
figure. The conducting electrons also move to the
right as they are trapped within the rod.

Fig. 6.5
Hence induced emf across the ends of conductor
e = Bv sin (90 – )l = Bvl cos
Bv cos 
So induced current i 
R
(Directed from Q to P).
The forces acting on the bar are shown in following
figure. The rod will move down with constant
Fig. 6.3 velocity only if
Conducting electrons experiences a magnetic force Fm cos  = mg cos (90 – ) = mg sin 
Fm = evB. So they move from P to Q within the rod.
  Bil cos  = mg sin 
The end P of the rod becomes positively charged
 Bv  cos  
while end Q becomes negatively charged, hence an B T
R   cos  mg sin 
 
electric field is set up within the rod which opposes
mgR sin 
the further downward movement of electrons i.e. an  vT 
B2  2 cos 2 
equilibrium is reached and in equilibrium Fe = Fm i.e.
eE = evB or E = vB  4.1. Motional EMF in Loop by Generated Area

If conducting rod moves on two parallel conducting rails as

 V
⇒ Induced emf e = El = Bvl  E  
  shown in following figure then phenomenon of induced emf
can also be understand by the concept of generated area
2. If rod is moving by making an angle  with the
(The area swept of conductor in magnetic field, during it’s
direction of magnetic field or length. Induced emf e
motion)
= Bvl sin 

Fig. 6.4 Fig. 6.6

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 83
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

As shown in figure in time t distance travelled by conductor

= vt. Area generated A = lvt. Flux linked with this area  =
d
BA = Blvt. Hence induced emf e   Bv
dt
1. Induced current:

e Bv
i 
R R

2. Magnetic force: Conductor PQ experiences a

Fig. 6.7
magnetic force in opposite direction of it’s motion

 Bv  B2 v 2 Special cases

and Fm  Bi  B    
 R  R Motion of train and aeroplane in earth’s magnetic field
3. Power dissipated in moving the conductor: For
uniform motion of rod PQ, the rate of doing
mechanical work by external agent or mech. Power
delivered by external source is given as

dW B 2 v 2 B2 v 2  2 (A) (B)
Pmech  Pext   Fext .v  v 
dt R R
Fig. 6.8
4. Electrical power : Also electrical power dissipated Induced emf across the axle of the wheels of the train
in resistance or rate of heat dissipation across and it is across the tips of the wing of the aeroplane is
resistance is given as given by e = Bvlv where l = length of the axle or
2
B2 v 2  2 distance between the tips of the wings of plane, Bv =
H 2  Bv 
Pthermal  i R   .R; Pthermal 
t  R  R vertical component of earth’s magnetic field and v =
speed of train or plane.
(It is clear that Pmech. = Pthermal which is consistent with
4.2. Motional EMF Due to Rotational Motion
the principle of conservation of energy.)
1. Conducting rod: A conducting rod of length l whose
5. Motion of conductor rod in a vertical plane: If
one end is fixed, is rotated about the axis passing
conducting rod released from rest (at t = 0) as shown
through it’s fixed end and perpendicular to it’s length
in figure then with rise in it’s speed (v), induces emf
with constant angular velocity . Magnetic field (B) is
(e), induced current (i), magnetic force (Fm) increases
perpendicular to the plane of the paper. emf induces
but it’s weight remains constant.
across the ends of the rod where  = frequency
Rod will achieve a constant maximum (terminal)
velocity vT if Fm = mg (revolution per sec) and T = Time period.

B2 v T2  2
So  mg
R
mgR
 vT 
B2  2

Fig. 6.9

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 84
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

2. Cycle wheel: A conducting wheel each spoke of , about an axis passing through O and perpendicular
length l is rotating with angular velocity  in a given to the plane of paper. The effective resistance of the
magnetic field as shown below in fig. loop is R.
Due to flux cutting each metal spoke becomes
identical cell of emf e (say), all such identical cells
connected in parallel fashion enet = e (emf of single
cell). Let N be the number of spokes hence
1
e net  B 2 ;   2v
2

Fig. 6.12
In time t the area swept by the loop in the field i.e. region
1 1 dA r 2 
II; A  r  r   r 2 t 
2 2 dt 2
Flux link with the rotating loop at time t  = BA. Hence
induced emf in the loop in magnitude
Fig. 6.10 d dA Br 2
e  B  and induced current
dt dt 2
Here i.e. total emf does not depends on number of
spokes ‘N’. e B r 2
i 
R 2R
3. Faraday copper disc generator: A metal disc can
4.3. EMF Due to Periodic Motion
be assumed to made of uncountable radial
Suppose a rectangular coil having N turns placed initially
conductors when metal disc rotates in transverse
in a magnetic field such that magnetic field is
magnetic field these radial conductors cuts away
perpendicular to it’s plane as shown.
magnetic field lines and because of this flux cutting
all becomes identical cells each of emf ‘e’ where  –Angular speed
1 v–Frequency of rotation of coil
e Br 2
2
R–Resistance of coil

Fig. 6.11

4. Semicircular conducting loop: If a semi-circular

conducting loop (ACD) of radius ‘r’ with centre at O,
the plane of loop being in the plane of paper. The loop
is now made to rotate with a constant angular velocity Fig. 6.13

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 85
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

For uniform rotational motion with , the flux 5. Application of eddy currents: Though most of the

linked with coil at any time t  times eddy currents are undesirable but they find some
useful applications as enumerated below
  = NBA cos  = NBA cos t
 Electric brakes: When the train is running its wheel is
 = 0 co st where 0 = NBA = maximum flux moving in air and when the train is to be stopped by
1. Induced emf in coil: Induced emf also changes in electric breaks the wheel is made to move in a field
periodic manner that’s why this phenomenon called created by electromagnet. Eddy currents induced in the
periodic EMI = NBA  sin t  e = e0 sin t wheels due to the changing flux oppose the cause and

where e0 = emf amplitude or max. emf = NBA  = stop the train.

0   Induction furnace: Joule’s heat causes the melting of

a metal piece placed in a rapidly changing magnetic
e e
2. Induced current : At any time t, i   0 sin t field.
R R
= i0 sin t where i0 = current amplitude or max.  Speedometer: In the speedometer of an automobile, a
e0 NBA 0 magnet is geared to the main shaft of the vehicle, and
current i0   
R R R
it rotates according to the speed of the vehicle. The
4.4. Eddy Current
magnet is mounted in an aluminium cylinder with the
When a changing magnetic flux is applied to a bulk piece of
help of hair springs. When the magnet rotates, it
conducting material then circulating currents called eddy
produces eddy currents in the drum and drags it
currents are induced in the material. Because the resistance
through an angle, which indicates the speed of the
of the bulk conductor is usually low, eddy currents often
vehicle on a calibrated scale.
have large magnitudes and heat up the conductor.
1. These are circulating currents like eddies in water.  Energy meter: In energy meters, the armature coil

2. Experimental concept given by Focault hence also carries a metallic aluminium disc which rotates

named as “Focault current”. between the poles of a pair of permanent horse shoe

3. The production of eddy currents in a metallic block leads magnets. As the armature rotates, the current induced

to the loss of electric energy in the form of heat. in the disc tends to oppose the motion of the armature

4. By Lamination, slotting processes the resistance path for coil. Due to this braking effect, deflection is

circulation of eddy current increases, resulting in to proportional to the energy consumed.

weakening them and also reducing losses causes by them

4.5 Induced Charge Flow

When a current is induced in the circuit due to the flux

change, charge flows through the circuit and the net amount
of charge which flows along the circuit is given as:

1 d 1
q   i dt  R dt   d 
dt R

 
 q and q  N for N turns.
R R

Fig. 6.14

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 86
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

Properties of induced Electric field:

5. Induced Electric Field
 The electric field produced by the changing magnetic
It is non-conservative and non-electrostatic in nature. Its field is no electrostatic and neoconservative in nature.
field lines are concentric circular closed curves. We cannot define a potential corresponding to this field.
dB  The lines of induced electric field are closed curves.
A time varying magnetic field always produced
dt There are no starting and terminating points of the field
induced electric field in all space surrounding it. lines.
Induced electric field (Ein) is directly proportional to
  d 6. Inductance
induced emf so e =  E in .d  e  
dt
..…(i)
1. Inductance is that property of electrical circuits which
d
From Faraday’s second laws e   ..…(ii) opposes any change in the current in the circuit.
dt
2. Inductance is inherent property of electrical circuits. It
  d
From (i) and (ii) e   E in .d   This is known as will always be found in an electrical circuit whether we
dt
want it or not.
integral form of Faraday’s laws of EMI.
3. A straight wire carrying current with no iron part in the
circuit will have lesser value of inductance.
4. Inductance is analogous to inertia in mechanics, because
inductance of an electrical circuit opposes any change of
current in the circuit.

6.1 Self Induction

Fig. 6.15
Whenever the electric current passing through a coil or
A uniform but time varying magnetic field B(t) exists in a
circuit changes, the magnetic flux linked with it will also
circular region of radius ‘a’ and is directed into the plane of
change. As a result of this, in accordance with Faraday’s
the paper as shown, the magnitude of the induced electric
laws of electromagnetic induction, an emf is induced in the
field (Ein) at point P lies at a distance r from the centre of the
coil or the circuit which opposes the change that causes it.
circular region is calculated as follows.
This phenomenon is called ‘self induction’ and the emf
  d dB dB
So  E in .d  e  A i.e. E  2r   a 2 induced is called back emf, current so produced in the coil is
dt dt dt
called induced current.
a 2 dB 1
where r  a or E  ; Ein 
2r dt r

Fig. 6.16
r dB
when r < a; E = ; En  r
2 dt Fig. 6.17

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 87
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

1. Coefficient of self-induction: Number of flux volt  sec

  ohm  sec . But practical unit is henry
linkages with the coil is proportional to the current i. amp

i.e. or (N is the number of turns in coil and N  – (H). It’s dimensional formula [L] = [ML2T–2A–2]

N 5. Dependence of self inductance (L) : ‘L’ does not

total flux linkage). Hence L  = coefficient of
i depend upon current flowing or change in current
self-induction. flowing but it depends upon number of turns (N),
2. If i = 1amp, N = 1 then, L =  i.e. the coefficient of Area of cross section (A) and permeability of

self induction of a coil is equal to the flux linked medium ().

with the coil when the current in it is 1 amp.
‘L’ does not play any role till there is a constant
d current flowing in the circuit. ‘L’ comes in to the
3. By Faraday’s second law induced emf e   N .
dt picture only when there is a change in current.
di 6. Magnetic potential energy of inductor :
Which gives e   L ;
dt
In building a steady current in the circuit, the source
di
If = amp/sec then | e |= L. emf has to do work against of self inductance of coil
dt
and whatever energy consumed for this work stored
Hence coefficient of self induction is equal to the in magnetic field of coil this energy called as
emf induced in the coil when the rate of change of magnetic potential energy (U) of coil
current in the coil is unity. i 1 2 1 Ni
U   Lidi  Li ; Also U   Li  i 
4. Units and dimensional formula of ‘L’ : It’s S.I. 0 2 2 2

weber Tesla  m 2 N  m 7. The various formulae for L

unit  
Amp Amp Amp 2

Joule Coulomb  volt

 
Amp2 Amp2

Condition Figure
0 N2 r
Solenoid    0 n 2 A


 0 N2 r
Toroid = L 
2

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 88
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

6.2 Combination of Inductance

1. Series: If two coils of self-inductances L1 and L2 having

mutual inductance are in series and are far from each
other, so that the mutual induction between them is
negligible, then net self-inductance LS = L1 + L2

Mutual induction is absent

Fig. 6.20

di di di dt
E–L  R i or E – Ri  Or 
dt dt E – Ri L

Multiplying by – R on both the sides, we get

–Rdi –Rdt

E – Ri L
Fig. 6.18
Integrating the above equation, we have
Parallel: If two coils of self-inductances L1 and L2 having
mutual inductance are connected in parallel and are far from R
Loge (E – Ri) = – t  A ..(i)
each other, then net inductance L L

1 1 1 where A is integration constant. The value of this constant

is  
LP L1 L 2
can be obtained by applying the condition that current i is
L1L 2 zero just at start i.e., at t = 0. Hence loge E = 0 + A
 LP 
L1  L2
or A = loge E
L1 L 2
Leq  
L1  L 2 Substituting the value of A from equation (2) in equation
(1), we get

R
log e  E – Ri   – t  log e E
L

 E – Ri  R
or log e  – t
 E  L
Fig. 6.1
Consider a circuit containing a resistance R, an inductance  E – Ri   R 
or    exp  – t
L, a two way key and a battery of e.m.f E connected in  E   L 
series as shown in figure. When the switch S is connected to
a, the current in the circuit grows from zero value. The Ri  R 
or 1   exp  – t 
inductor opposes the growth of the current. This is due to E  L 
the fact that when the current grows through inductor, a
back e.m.f. is developed which opposes the growth of Ri   R 
current in the circuit. So the rate of growth of current is or  1 – exp  – t  
E   L 
reduced. During the growth of current in the circuit, let i be
the current in the circuit at any instant t. Using Kirchhoff’s
Ri   R 
voltage law in the circuit, we obtain ∴ i  1 – exp  – t 
E   L 

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 89
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

The maximum current in the circuit i0 = E/R. So di d    R  

 i0 1– exp  –  
dt dt    L  
  R 
i  i0 1 – exp  – t  …(iii)
  L 
di R  R
⇒  i 0   exp  –  …(iv)
dt L
   L
Equation (3) gives the current in the circuit at any instant
t. It is obvious from equation (3) that i = i0, when
 R  i –i
From equation (3), exp exp  – t   0
 R   L  i0
exp  – t   0 i.e., at t  
 L 
di  R  i – i  R
 i0    0    i0 – i  ...(v)
dt  L   i0  L

This shows that the rate of growth of the current

decreases as i tends to i0. For any other value of current,
it depends upon the value of R/L. Thus greater is the
value of time constant, smaller will be the rate of growth
Fig. 6.21 of current.
Hence the current never attains the value i0 but
Decay of Current
it approaches it asymptotically. A graph
between current and time is shown in figure. Let the circuit be disconnected from battery and switch S is
thrown to point b in the figure. The current now begins to
We observe the following points
fall. In the absence of inductance, the current would have
(i) When t = (L/R) then fallen from maximum it to zero almost instantaneously.
But due to the presence of inductance, which opposes the
  R L 
i  i 0 1 – exp  –     i0 {1 –exp(–1)} decay of current, the rate of decay of current is reduced.
  L R 
Suppose during the decay of current, / be the value of
 1
 i0  1 –   0.63 i0 current at any instant t. Using Kirchhoff’s voltage law in
 e
the circuit, we get
Thus after an interval of (L/R) second, the current reaches
to a value which is 63% of the maximum current. The
value of (L/R) is known as time constant of the circuit
and is represented by . Thus the time constant of a circuit
may be defined as the time in which the current rises
from zero to 63% of its final value. In terms of τ,
Fig. 6.22
 –t  di di R
i  i0 1 – e   –L  Ri or – i
  dt dt L
 
R
(ii) The rate growth of current (di/dt) is given by Integrating this expression, we get log e i  – tB
L

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 90
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

where B is constant of integration. The value of B can be This equation shows that when L is small, the rate of
obtained by applying the condition that when t = 0, i = i0, decay of current will be large i.e., the current will
∴ loge i0 = B decay out more rapidly.

4. Behaviour of inductor: The current in the circuit

R
Substituting the value of B, we get log e i  – t  log ei0 grows exponentially with time from 0 to the maximum
L
 E
i R R value i    . Just after closing the switch as i = 0,
Or log e  – t Or  i / i0   exp  – 
t  …(vi)  R
i0 L  L 
inductor act as open circuit i.e. broken wires and long
 R   t after the switch has been closed as i = i0, the inductor
Or i  i 0 exp  – t   i 0 exp  – 
 L   t act as a short circuit i.e. a simple connecting wire.

where τ = L/R = inductive time constant of the circuit.

It is obvious from equation that the current in the circuit

decays exponentially as shown in figure.

We observe the following points

After t = L/R, the current in the circuit is given by

Fig. 6.23 Fig. 6.24

 R L
i  i 0 exp  –    i 0 exp  –1 = (i0/e) = i0/2.718 = 0.37 i0 8. Mutual Induction
 L R
Whenever the current passing through a coil or circuit
So after a time (U R) second, the current reduces to 37% of
changes, the magnetic flux linked with a neighbouring coil
the maximum current i0 (L/R) is known as time constant τ.
or circuit will also change. Hence an emf will be induced in
This is defined as the time during which the current decays
the neighbouring coil or circuit. This phenomenon is called
to 37% of the maximum current during decay.
‘mutual induction’.
The rate of decay of current in given by

di d   R 
 i0 exp  – t  
dt dt   L 

di R  R  R
⇒  i 0 exp  – t  – i …(vii)
dt L  L  L

di R
Or –  i
dt L
Fig. 6.25

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 91
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

1. Coefficient of mutual induction: Total flux linked 6. The various formulae for

with the secondary due to current in the primary is N22

Condition Figures
and N22  i1  N22= Mi1 where N1 - Number of
Two concentric coplaner
turns in primary; N2 - Number of turns in secondary; 2
 0 N1 N 2 r 2
- Flux linked with each turn of secondary; i1 - Current M
2R
flowing through primary; M-Coefficient of mutual
induction or mutual inductance.
2. According to Faraday’s second law emf induces in
Two Solenoids
d 2 di
secondary ; e 2   N 2 e2  M 1  0 N1 N 2 A
dt dt M

di1 1Amp
3. If  then |e2| = M. Hence coefficient of
dt sec
mutual induction is equal to the emf induced in the Two concentric
secondary coil when rate of change of current in coplaner square coils
primary coil is unity.  0 2 2N1 N 2  2
M
4. Units and dimensional formula of M: Similar to self- L
inductance (L)
5. Dependence of mutual inductance
 Number of turns (N1, N2) of both coils 9. LC- Oscillation
 Coefficient of self-inductances (L1, L2) of both the When a charged capacitor C having an initial charge q0 is
coils discharged through an inductance L, the charge and current
 Area of cross-section of coils in the circuit start oscillating simple harmonically. If the
resistance of the circuit is zero, no energy is dissipated as
 Magnetic permeability of medium between the coils heat. We also assume an idealized situation in which energy
(r) or nature of material on which two coils are is not radiated away from the circuit. The total energy
associated with the circuit is constant.
wound 1 rad
Frequency of oscillation is given by  
 Distance between two coils (As d increases so M LC sec
decreases) 1
Or v  Hz
2 LC
 Orientation between primary and secondary coil (for
90o orientation no flux relation M = 0)

Fig. 6.26
The oscillation of the LC circuit are an electromagnetic
analog to the mechanical oscillation of a block-spring
system.

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 92
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

At t = 0, capacitor is ready to discharge At t = 0, block is ready to move

T T
At t  , capacitor is fully discharged i.e. charge q = 0 and At t  , block comes in it’s mean position i.e., x =
4 4
current through the circuit is maximum 0 and velocity of block becomes maximum

T T
At t  , capacitor is again recharged with reverse polarity and At t  , block reaches it’s extreme position other
2 2
i=0 side and v = 0

3T 3T
At t  , capacitor again discharge completely i = i At t  , block again reaches it’s mean position
4 4
and its velocity becomes maximum

3T 3T
At t  , capacitor again discharge completely i = i At t  , block again reaches it’s mean position
4 4
and its velocity becomes maximum

SCAN CODE
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION
 93
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Faraday's Laws of Electromagnetic Induction 7. A simple electric motor has an armature resistance of 1
1. A coil having 500 square loops of side 10 cm is placed and runs from a dc source of 12 V. When unloaded, it draws
normal to magnetic field which increases at a rate of a current of 2 A. When a certain load is connected,
1 T/sec. The induced e.m.f. is
its speed becomes one-half of its unloaded value. Then the
(a) 0.1 V (b) 0.5 V current (in ampere) it draws is
(c) 1 V (d) 5 V 8. In an ac dynamo, the peak value of emf is 60 V. The induced
2. The instantaneous magnetic flux  in a circuit is emf (in V) in the position when the armature makes an angle
2
 = 4t – 4t + 1. The total resistance of circuit is 10 . At of 30 with the magnetic field perrendicular to the coil, will be
1 9. A body enters in an MRI machine in 10 s. If the magnetic
t s, the induced current in circuit is
2 field is 1.5 T and circumference of the MRI machine is 0.9 m,
(a) 0 (b) 0.6 then find out the magnitude of emf induced (in millivolt) in
the body.
(c) 0.4 (d) 0.2
10. A long solenoid of radius 2 cm has 100 turns/cm and carries
3. The flux linked with a coil at any instant t is given
a current of 5 A. A coil of radius 1 cm having 100 turns and
by  = 10 t2 – 50t + 250 The induced emf at t = 3 s is
a total resistance of 20  is placed inside the solenoid co-
(a) –190 V (b) -10 V
axially. The coil is connected to a galvanometer and the
(c) 10 V (d) 190 V current in the solenoid is reversed in direction. If the charge
2 2
4. A coil of cross-sectional area 10 cm is placed in the flown through the galvanometer is k 104 C , then find k.
–2 2
magnetic field, which changes by 4 × 10 Wb/cm within
5 sec. What will be the current across 5  resistance ?  Take  2
 10 
(a) 0.016 A (b) 0.16 A
11. A long solenoid of diameter 0.1 m has 2 104 turns per
(c) 1.6 A (d) 16.0 A
2
metre. At the centre of the solenoid, a coil of 100 turns and
5. A loop of area 0.1 m rotates with a speed of 60 rps radius 0.01 m is placed with its axis coinciding with the
perpendicular to a magnetic field of 0.4 T. If there are 100 solenoid axis. The current in the solenoid reduces at a
turns in the loop, maximum voltage induced in the loop is constant rate to 0 A from 4 A in 0.05s. If the resistance of the
(a) 15.07 V (b) 1507 V coil is 10 2  , the total charge  in C  flowing through
(c) 250 V (d) 150.7 V the coil during this time is
6. A coil having n turns and resistance R  is connected Motional EMF
with a galvanometer of resistance 4R . This combination
is moved in time t seconds from a magnetic flux W1 weber 12. A straight conductor of length 0.4 m is moved with a speed
–1
to W2 weber. The induced current in the circuit is of 7 ms perpendicular to a magnetic field of induction 0.9
2
Wb/m and the length of the conductor. The induced e.m.f.
across the conductor is
W2  W1 (a) 25.2 V
(a)
5 Rnt
(b) 5.04 V
(c) 2.52 V
n W2  W1 
(b)  (d) 1.26 V
5 Rt

W2  W1 
(c) 
Rnt

n W2  W1 
(d) 
Rt
 94
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

13. A thin semi-circular conducting ring of radius R is falling 16. A conducting square loop of side L and resistance R moves
with its plane vertical in a horizontal magnetic induction in its plane with a uniform velocity v perpendicular to one
 of its sides. A magnetic induction B, constant in time and
B . At the position MNQ the speed of the ring is v and the
space, pointing perpendicular to and into the plane of the
potential difference developed across the ring is :
loop exists everywhere.

× × × × B
B
× × × ×
v
× × N × ×

× × v × ×
M Q The current induced in the loop is :
(a) BLv/R clockwise
(a) zero
(b) BLv/R anticlockwise
(b) BvR2/2 and M is at higher potential
(c) 2BLv/R anticlockwise
(c) BRv and Q is at higher potential
(d) zero
(d) 2RBv and Q is at higher potential
17. One conducting U-tube can slide inside another as shown
14. A metal rod moves at a constant velocity in a direction in figure, maintaining electrical contacts between the
perpendicular to its length. A constant uniform magnetic tubes. The magnetic field B is perpendicular to the plane
field exists in space in a direction perpendicular to the rod of the figure. If each tube moves towards the other at a
as well as its velocity. Select the correct statement (s) from constant speed v, then the emf induced in the circuit in
the following : terms of B, l and v, where l is the width of each tube, will
(a) The entire rod is at the same electric potential be
(b) There is an electric field in the rod
×A × × × × B×
(c) The electric potential is highest at the centre of the rod ×
× × ×
and decrease towards its ends v ×
× ×
(d) The electric potential is lowest at the centre of the rod × × ×v ×
and increases towards its ends. D
× × × × × C×
15. In a uniform magnetic field of induction B, a wire in the
form of semicircle of radius r rotates about the diameter of (a) Blv (b) –Blv
the circle with angular frequency . If the total resistance (c) zero (d) 2 Blv
of the circuit is R, the mean power generated per period of 18. A square frame of side 10 cm and a long straight wire
rotation is carrying current 1 A are in the plane of the paper. Starting
from close to the wire, the frame moves towards the right
Br 2  with a constant speed of 10 ms–1 (see figure). The e.m.f
(a)
2R induced at the time the left arm of the frame is at x = 10 cm
from the wire is close to:

(b)
Br 2 2

8R

Br2
(c)
8R

(d)
Br  2 2
(a) 0.5 V (b) 1 V
8R (c) 0.75 V (d) 2 V
 95
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

19. A conducting ring of radius r is rolling without slipping 25. A solenoid having 500 turns and length 2 m, has radius of
with a constant angular velocity  in figure. If the magnetic 2 cm. Then self-inductance (in millihenry) of solenoid is
field strength is B and is directed into the page then the 26. The current passing through a choke coil of 5H is
e.m.f. induced across PQ is –1
decreasing at the rate of 2 As . The e.m.f. developed
across the coil is
(a) – 10V (b) + 10V
(c) + 2.5 V (d) –2.5 V

27. A small piece of metal   r  20  of volume 10 cm 3 has a

uniform magnetic field 4 T inside it. The magnetic energy
2
2 Br
(a) Br (b) 
2 stored in the metal is J , then find  .


2 2 r 2 B RL circuit
(c) 4Br (d)
8 28. An e.m.f. of 15V is applied in a circuit containing 5H
Inductance inductance and 10 resistance. The ratio of the currents
at time t =  and t = 1 s is
20. Two solenoids of same cross-sectional area have their
lengths and number of turns in ratio of 1 : 2. The ratio of e1/ 2 e2
self-inductance of two solenoids is (a) 1/ 2 (b) 2
e 1 e 1
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 –1 –1
(c) 1 – e (d) e
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 4
29. A coil of inductance 8.4 mH and resistance 6 is connected
21. When the current changes from + 2 A to –2 A in 0.05 s, an
to a 12V battery. The current in the coil is 1A at
emf of 8 V is induced in a coil. The coefficient of self-
approximately the time :
induction of the coil is
(a) 500 s (b) 20 s
(a) 0.2 H (b) 0.4 H
(c) 35 ms (d) 1ms
(c) 0.8 H (d) 0.1 H
22. What is the self inductance of an air core solenoid 1 m 30. In an R-L circuit, R  4, L  0.5H and emf of cell=6 V..
2
long, diameter 0.5 m, if it has 500 turns ? Take  = 10. The work done (in mJ) in changing the current from 0.80 A
(a) 3.15 × 10 H
–4
(b) 4.8 × 10 H
–4 to 0.81 A through the circuit is
(c) 5 × 10 H
–4
(d) 6.25 × 10 H
–3 31. The potential difference Vcd across the inductor L is
3
23. For a coil having L = 2 mH, current flows at the rate of 10
ampere/sec. The emf induced is
(a) 2V (b) 1 V
(c) 4 V (d) 3 V
24. The inductance between A and D is

A D
3H 3H 3H
(a) 60 V (b) 100 V
(c) 120 V (d) 90 V
(a) 3.66 H (b) 9H
(c) 0.66 H (d) 1 H
 96
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

32. An ideal coil of 10 H is connected in series with a resistance 37. An electric motor operating on a 60 V dc supply draws a
of 5 and a battery of 5 V. 2 s after the connection is current of 10 A. If the efficiency of the motor is 50%, the
made, the current flowing (in ampere) in the circuit is resistance (in ohm) of its winding is
(a) (1 – e) (b) e 38. When magnetic flux through a coil is changed, the
(c) e –1
(d) (1 – e ) –1 variation of induced current in the coil with time is as
shown in graph. If resistance of coil is 10 W, then the
33. An inductor (L = 100 mH) a resistor (R = 100) and a total change in flux of coil will be–
battery (E = 100 V) are initially connected in series as
shown in the figure. After a long time the battery is I(A)
disconnected after short circuiting the points A and B. 4
The current in the circuit 1 ms after the short circuit is
t(s)
L 0.1

R (A) 4 (B) 8
A B (C) 2 (D) 6
E 39. Two co–axial solenoids shown in figure. If key of primary
suddenly opened then direction of instantaneous induced
(a) 1/e A (b) eA
current in resistance ‘R’ which connected in secondary :–
(c) 0.1 A (d) 1 A
34. In the circuit shown here, the point ‘C’ is kept connected
to point ‘A’ till the current flowing through the circuit
becomes constant. Afterward, suddenly, point ‘C’ is R
disconnected from point ‘A’ and connected to point ‘B’ L N
at time t = 0. Ratio of the voltage across resistance and
the inductor at t = L/R will be equal to : (A) L to N (B) N to L
(C) alternating (D) zero
40. A coil having 500 square loops each of side 10 cm is placed
normal to a magnetic field which increased at a rate of 1.0
T/sec. The induced e.m.f. (in volt) is :–
(A) 0.1 (B) 0.5
(C) 1.0 (D) 5.0
(a) 1 (b) –1 41. The magnetic field in a coil of 100 turns and 40 cm2 an area is
increased from 1 tesla to 6 tesla in 2 second. The magnetic
1 e e
(c) (d) field is perpendicular to the coil. The e.m.f. generated in it
e 1 e is :–
Mutual induction (A) 104 V (B) 1.2 V
35. If number of turns in primary and secondary coils in (C) 1.0 V (D) 10–2 V
increased to two times each, the mutual inductance
42. One coil of resistance 40 is connected to a galvanometer
(a) becomes 4 time (b) becomes 2 time of 160 resistance. The coil has radius 6mm and turns 100.
(c) becomes 1/4 time (d) remains unchanged This coil is placed between the poles of a magnet such that
magnetic field is perpendicular to coil. If coil is dragged out
36. Two coaxial solenoids are made by winding thin
then the charge through the galvanometer is 32C. The
insulated wire over a pipe of cross-sectional area A = 10
magnetic field is :–
cm2 and length = 20 cm. If one of the solenoids has 300
turns and the other 400 turns, their mutual inductance (A) 6.55 T
is (0 = 4 × 10–7 TmA–1) (B) 5.66 T
(a) 2.4  × 10–5 H (b) 4.8  × 10–4 H (C) 0.655 T
(c) 4.8  × 10–5 H (d) 2.4  × 10–4 H (D) 0.566 T
 97
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

43. A flexible wire bent in the form of a circle is placed in a 46. In the given figure if the magnetic field, which is
perpendicular to the plane of the paper in the inward
uniform magnetic direction increases, then–

× × × × × ×

× × × × × ×
A
field perpendicular to the plane of the coil. The radius of × × × × × × B
the coil changes with time as shown figure. The induced × × × × × ×
emf in the coil is :
× × × × × ×

(A) Plate B of the capacitor will become positively charged

(A) (B) (B) Plate A of the capacitor will become positively charged.
(C) The capacitor will not be charged.
(D) Both plates will be charged alternately.
47. Two identical cycle wheels (geometrically) have different
(C) (D) number of spokes connected from centre to rim. One is
having 20 spokes and other having only 10(the rim and
the spokes are resistanceless). One resistance of value R
44. As a result of change in the magnetic flux linked to the
is connected between centre and rim. The current in R
closed loop shown in the figure, an e.m.f. . V volt is
will be–
induced in the loop. The work done (joules) in taking a
charge Q coulomb once along the loop is :– (A) double in first wheel than in the second wheel
(B) four times in first wheel than in the second wheel
(C) will be double in second wheel than that of the first
wheel
(D) will be equal in both these wheels
(A) QV (B) zero
(C) 2QV (D) QV/2
45. Figure shows three regions of magnetic field, each of
area A, and in each region magnitude of magnetic field

decreases at a constant rate a. If E is induced electric
 
field then value of line integral  E. dr along the given
loop is equal to–

×× × ×
××× ×××
×× ××

(A) aA (B) –aA

(C) 3aA (D) –3aA
 98
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

 xˆ
1. An aeroplane, with its wings spread 10 m, is flying at a 3. The magnetic field in a region is given by B  B0   k. A
a
speed of 180 km / h in a horizontal direction. The total
intensity of earth’s field at that part is square loop of side d is placed with its edges along the x
and y axes. The loop is moved with a constant
25 10 4 Wb / m 2 and the angle of dip is 60 . The emf in- 
velocity v  v0 ˆi. The emf induced in the loop is: (2021)
duced between the tips of the plane wings will be:
(2021)

(a) 62.50mV (b) 54.125mV

(c) 88.37mV (d) 108.25mV

2. A conducting bar of length L is free to slide on two parallel

conducting rails as shown in the figure. (2021)

B0 v02 d B0 v 0 d 2
(a) (b)
2a a

Two resistors R1 and R 2 are connected across the ends B0 v 0 d B0 v0 d 2

(c) (d)
 2a 2a
of the rails. There is a uniform magnetic field B pointing

into the page. An external agent pulls the bar to the left at 4. An AC current is given by I  I1 sin t  I2 cos t. A hot
a constant speed v.
wire ammeter will give a reading (2021)
The correct statement about the directions of induced

currents I1 and I 2 flowing through R1 and R 2 respectively is: I12  I 22 I12  I 22

(a) (b)
2 2
(a) I1 is in clockwise direction and I 2 is in anticlockwise

direction I1  I2 I1  I2
(c) (d)
2 2 2
(b) I1 is in anticlockwise direction and is in clockwise

direction

(c) Both and are in anticlockwise direction

(d) Both and are in clockwise direction

ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION 99

5. Match list – 1 with list – II 10. A circular coil of 1000 turns each pith area 1m2 is
List – I List – II rotated about its vertical diameter at the rate of one
(A) AC generator (I) Detects the presence of revolution per second in a uniform horizontal magnetic
current in the circuit field of 0.07T. The maximum voltage generation will
(B) Galvanometer (II) Converts mechanical energy be_________ V. (JEE Main 2022)
into electrical energy
(C) Transformer (III) Works on the principle of 11. A metallic rod of length 20 cm is placed in North-
resonance in AC circuit South direction and is moved at a constant speed of 20
(D) Metal detector (IV) Changes an alternating m/s towards East. The horizontal component of the
voltage for smaller or Earth’s magnetic field at that place is 4 × 10–3 T and
greater value the angle of dip is 45°. The emf induced in the rod is
Chose the correct answer from the options given _______mV. (JEE Main 2022)
below: (JEE Main 2022) 10
12. A conducting loop of radius cm is placed
(a) A  II,B  I,C  IV,D  III 
(b) A  II,B  I,C  III,D  IV perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field of 0.5T. The
(c) A  III,B  IV,C  II,D  I
magnetic field is decreased to zero in 0.5 s at a steady
(d) A  III,B  I,C  II,D  IV
6. The magnetic flux through a coil perpendicular to its rate. The induced emf in the circular loop at 0.25 s is
plane is varying according to the relation (JEE Main 2023)
 3 2

  5t  4t  2t  5 Weber. If the resistance of the (a) emf = 1 mV (b) emf = 10 mV
coil is 5 ohm, then the induced current through the coil (c) emf = 100 mV (d) emf = 5 mV
at t =2 s will be, (JEE Main 2022) 13. A metallic rod of length 'L' is rotated with an angular
(a) 15.6 A (b) 16.6 A
speed of ‘ω’ normal to a uniform magnetic field 'B'
(c) 17.6 A (d) 18.6 A
7. The dimension of mutual inductance is: about an axis passing through one end of rod as shown
(JEE Main 2022) in figure. The induced emf will be :
(a) [ML2T–2A–1] (b) [ML2T–3A–1]
2 –2 –2 (JEE Main 2023)
(c) [ML T A ] (d) [ML2T–3A–2]
8. Two coils of self inductance L1 and L2 are connected
in series combination having mutual inductance of the
coils as M. The equivalent self inductance of the
combination will be: (JEE Main 2022)

1 1 1
(a)   (b) L1  L2  M
L1 L2 M 1 2 1 2
(a) B L (b) BL 
(c) L1  L2  2M (d) L1  L2  2 M 4 4
9. A transformer operating at primary voltage 8 kV and 1 2 1 2 2
(c) BL  (d) B L
secondary voltage 160 V serves a load of 80 kW. 2 2
Assuming the transformer to be ideal with purely 14. A wire of length 1m moving with velocity 8 m/s at
resistive load and working on unity power factor, the
loads in the primary and secondary circuit would be right angles to a magnetic field of 2T. The magnitude
(JEE Main 2022) of induced emf, between the ends of wire will be
(a) 800 Ω and 1.06Ω _____: (JEE Main 2023)
(b) 10Ω and 500Ω
(a) 20 V (b) 8 V
(c) 800 Ω and 0.32 Ω
(d) 1.06 Ω and 500 Ω (c) 12 V (d) 16 V
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION 100

15. Find the mutual inductance in the arrangement, when a 19. A 12 V battery connected to a coil of resistance 6Ω
small circular loop of wire of radius ‘R’ is placed through a switch, drives a constant current in the
inside a large square loop of wire of side L (L >> R). circuit. The switch is opened in 1 ms. The emf induced
The loops are coplanar and their centres coincide : across the coil is 20 V. The inductance of the coil is:
(JEE Main 2023) (JEE Main 2023)
(a) 8 mH (b) 5 mH
(c) 12 mH (d) 10 mH
dI
20. As per the given figure, if  1A / s then the value
dt
of V AB at this instant will be ____ V.

2 0 R 2 2 20 R 2
(a) M  (b) M 
L L2
2 2 0 R 2 2 0 R
(c) M  (d) M  (JEE Main 2023)
L L2
16. Spherical insulating ball and a spherical metallic ball 21. A square shaped coil of area 70cm 2 having 600 turns
of same size and mass are dropped from the same rotates in a magnetic field of 0.4wbm 2 , about an axis
height. Choose the correct statement out of the which is parallel to one of the side of the coil and
following {Assume negligible air friction} perpendicular to the direction of field. If the coil
(JEE Main 2023) completes 500 revolution in a minute, the
(a) Time taken by them to reach the earth's surface instantaneous emf when the plane of the coil is
will be independent of the properties of their inclined at 60 with the field, will be V. (Take π =
materials 22/7) (JEE Main 2023)
(b) Insulating ball will reach the earth's surface earlier 22. An ideal transformer with purely resistive load
than the metal ball
operates at 12 kV on the primary side. It supplies
(c) Both will reach the earth's surface simultaneously
(d) Metal ball will reach the earth's surface earlier electrical energy to a number of nearby houses at 120
than the insulating ball V. The average rate of energy consumption in the
17. The induced emf can be produced in a coil by houses served by the transformer is 60 kW. The value
A. moving the coil with uniform speed inside uniform
magnetic field of resistive load (Rs) required in the secondary circuit
B. moving the coil with non uniform speed inside will be ___________ mΩ. (JEE Main 2023)
uniform magnetic field 23. Two concentric circular coils with radii 1 cm and 1000
C. rotating the coil inside the uniform magnetic field
cm, and number of turns 10 and 200 respectively are
D. changing the area of the coil inside the uniform
magnetic field placed coaxially with centers coinciding. The mutual
Choose the correct answer from the options given inductance of this arrangement will be ________ ×10–8
below: (JEE Main 2023)
H. (Take, π2 = 10) (JEE Main 2023)
(a) B and D only (b) B and C only
(c) A and C only (d) C and D only 24. An oscillating LC circuit consists of a 75 mH inductor
18. An emf of 0.08 V is induced in a metal rod of length and a 1.2 μF capacitor. If the maximum charge to the
10 cm held normal to a uniform magnetic field of 0.4
capacitor is 2.7 μC. The maximum current in the
T, when moves with a velocity of: (JEE Main 2023)
(a) 20 ms–1 (b) 0.5 ms–1 circuit will be _______ mA. (JEE Main 2023)
–1
(c) 3.2 ms (d) 2 ms–1
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION 101

25. A 1m long metal rod XY completes the circuit as 28. A metallic cube of side 15 cm moving along y-axis at
shown in figure. The plane of the circuit is a uniform velocity of 2 cm–1. In a region of uniform
perpendicular to the magnetic field of flux density 0.15 magnetic field of magnitude 0.5T directed along z-
T. If the resistance of the circuit is 5Ω, the force axis. In equilibrium the potential difference between
needed to move the rod in direction, as indicated, with the faces of higher and lower potential developed
a constant speed of 4 m/s will be __________ 10–3N. because of the motion through the field will be
________ mV.

(JEE Main 2023)

26. A square loop of side 2.0 cm is placed inside a long
solenoid that has 50 turns per centimetre and carries a (JEE Main 2023)
sinusoidally varying current of amplitude 2.5A and 29. A conducting circular loop is placed in a uniform
angular frequency 700 rad s–1. The central axes of the magnetic field of 0.4 T with its plane perpendicular to
loop and solenoid coincide. The amplitude of the emf the field. Somehow, the radius of the loop starts
induced in the loop is x × 10–4 V. The value of x is expanding at a constant rate of 1 mm/s. The magnitude
22 of induced emf in the loop at an instant when the
________.(take,   ) (JEE Main 2023)
7 radius of the loop is 2 cm will be ______ μV.
27. The magnetic field B crossing normally a square (JEE Main 2023)
metallic plate of area 4m2 is changing with time as 30. A 20 cm long metallic rod is rotated with 210 rpm
shown in figure. The magnitude of induced emf in the about an axis normal to the rod passing through its one
plate during t = 2s to t = 4s, is __________ mV. end. The other end of the rod is in contact with a
circular metallic ring. A constant and uniform
magnetic field 0.2T parallel to the axis exists
everywhere. The emf developed between the centre
and the ring is __________ mV.
22
Take   (JEE Main 2023)
7
31. An insulated copper wire of 100 turns is wrapped
around a wooden cylindrical core of the cross-
(JEE Main 2023) sectional area 24 cm2. The two ends of the wire are
connected to a resistor. The total resistance in the
circuit is 12Ω. If an externally applied uniform
magnetic field in the core along its axis changes from
1.5 T in one direction to 1.5 T in the opposite
direction, the charge flowing through a point in the
circuit during the change of magnetic field will be
_________ mC. (JEE Main 2023)
 102
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

EXERCISE - 3: ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Single Answer Type Questions 4. A flexible wire bent in the form of a circle is placed in a
1. A physicist works in a laboratory where the magnetic uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of the
field is 2 T. She wears a necklace enclosing area 0.01 m2 in coil. The radius of the coil changes as shown in figure.
such a way that the plane of the necklace is normal to the The graph of induced emf in the coil is represented by
field and is having a resistance R = 0.01 . Because of
power failure, the field decays to 1 T in time 10–3 seconds.
Then what is the total heat produced in her necklace ? (T
= Tesla)
(a) 10 J
(b) 20 J
(c) 30 J
Y Y
(d) 40 J
2. Some magnetic flux is changed from a coil of resistance
e e
10 ohm. As a result an induced current is developed in it,
which varies with time as shown in figure. The magnitude (a) (b)
of change in flux through the coil in webers is O X O X
1 2t 1 2t
i(amp)
4 Y Y

e e
(c) (d)
t(sec)
0.1 O X O X
1 2t 1 2t
(a) 2 (b) 4
(c) 6 (d) None of these 5. A rectangular loop with a sliding conductor of lenght l is
located in a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the
3. Figure (i) shows a conducting loop being pulled out of a
plane of the loop. The magnetic induction is B. The
magnetic field with a speed v. Which of the four plots
conductor has a resistance R. The sides AB and CD have
shown in figure (ii) may represent the power delivered by
resistances R1 and R2, respectively. Find the current through
the pulling agent as a function of the speed v
the conductor during its motion to the right a constant
velocity v.
×× × × P d a
c
×× ×
×× × v
×× × b
×× × × v
(i) (ii)
(a) a
(b) b Bv  R1  R 2  B 2 v
(a) R R  R (b)
(c) c 1 1 2 R1  R1R 2
(d) d
Bv  R1  R 2  B 2 v
(c) R R  R R  R (d) R R  R R  R
1 2  1 2 1 2  1 2
 103
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

6. A conductor of length l and mass m can slide without any 9. In the circuit shown in figure, X is joined to Y for a long
friction along the two vertical conductors connected at time and then X is joined to Z. The total heat produced in
the top through a capacitor. A uniform magnetic field B is R2 is
set up  to the plane of paper. The voltage across the
capacitor in terms of distance x through which it falls is

LE 2 LE 2
(a) (b)
2R 12 2R 22

(a) Bl2gx (b) B gx LE 2 LE 2 R 2

(c) (d)
2R1R 2 2R13
(c) B 2gx (d) Bx 2g
10. In the circuit shown in figure, X is the joined to Y for a
7. The length of a wire required to manufacture a solenoid of
long time and then X is joined to Z. The total heat produced
length l and self induction L is (cross-sectional area is
in R2 is
negligibile)

2L
(a) 0

0 L
(b)
4
LE 2 LE 2
(a) (b)
4L 2R 12 2R 22
(c) 0
LE 2 LE 2 R 2
(c) (d)
2R1R 2 2R13
0 L
(d)
2 11. Figure shows a rectangular coil near a long wire. Calculate
the mutual inductance of the combination is
8. An inductor of inductance L = 400 mH and resistors of
resistances R1 = 4 and R2 = 2 are connected to battery
of emf 12 V as shown in the figure. The internal resistance
of the battery is negligible. The switch S is closed at t = 0.
The potential drop across L as a function ot time is

0 a  b  0 a  b 
(a) n  1   (b) n 1  
2  c  2  c 

12 3t 0 a  b  0 a  b
–5t
(a) 6e V (b) e V (c) n 1   (d) n 1  
t   c 2  c 
–t/0.2 –5t
(c) 6 (1 – e ) (d) 12 e V
 104
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

12. A small square loop of wire of side l is placed inside a large 16. Plane figures made of thin wires of resistance R = 50 milli
square loop of wire of side L(L>>l). The loops are coplanar ohm/metre are located in a uniform magnetic field
and their centres coincide. The mutual inductance of the perpendicular into the plane of the figures and which
system is proportional to : decrease at the rate dB/dt = 0.1 m T/s. Then currents in the
(a) l/L (b) l2/L inner and outer boundary are. (The inner radius a = 10 cm
and outer radius b = 20 cm)
(c) L/l (d) L2/l
13. Two concentric and coplanar coils have radii a and b (>>a) × × × × × × ×
as shown in figure. Resistance of the inner coil is R. Current × × × b× × × ×
in the outer coil is increased from 0 to i, then the total
charge circulating the inner coil is × × × ×a × × ×
× × × × × × ×
× ×D × × ×C × ×
(a) 10– 4 A (Clockwise), 2  10– 4 A (Clockwise)
(b) 10– 4 A (Anticlockwise), 2  10– 4 A (Clockwise)
(c) 4  10– 4 A (clockwise), 10– 4 A (Clockwise)
2
0 ia  0 iab (d) 2  10– 4 A (Anticlockwise), 10– 4 A (Anticlockwise)
(a) (b)
2Rb 2R 17. A conducting ring of radius 1 meter is placed in a uniform
magnetic field B of 0.01 Telsa oscillating with frequency
0 iab b 2  0 ib 100Hz with its plane at right angles to B. What will be
(b) (d)
2a R 2 R the maximum induced electric field
14. A highly conducting ring of radius R is perpendicular to (a) volt/m (b) 2 volt/m
and concentric with the axis of a long solenoid as shown (c) 10 volt/m (d) 62 volt/m
in fig. The ring has a narrow gap of width d in its
18. Shown in the figure is a circular loop of radius r and
circumference. The solenoid has cross sectional area A
resistance R. A variable magnetic field of induction
and a uniform internal field of magnitude B 0. Now
B = B0e–t is established inside the coil. If the key (K) is
beginning at t = 0, the solenoid current is steadily
closed at t = 0 the electrical power developed right after
increased to so that the field magnitude at any time t is
closing the switch is equal to
given by B(t) = B0 + t where  > 0. Assuming that no
charge can flow across the gap, the end of ring which
has excess of positive charge and the magnitude of B R
induced e.m.f. in the ring are respectively

K
Area B
A
2 2
X Y (a) B0 r
R
d
(a) X, A (b) X R2 B0 10r 3
(b)
(c) Y, A2 (d) Y, R2 R

15. Two identical circular loop of metal wire are lying on a table 2 2 4
(c) B 0  r R
without touching each other. Loop A carries a current which 5
increases with time. In response, the loop B :
(a) remains stationary B02  2 r 4
(d)
(b) is attracted by the loop A R

(c) is repelled by the loop A

(d) rotates about its CM, with CM fixed
 105
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

19. A conductor ABOCD moves along its bisector with a 22. A rectangular loop with a sliding connector of length
velocity of 1 m/s through a perpendicular magnetic field of l = 1.0 m is situated in a uniform magnetic field B = 2T
1 wb/m2, as shown in fig. If all the four sides are of 1m perpendicular to the plane of loop. Resistance of connector
length each, then the induced emf between points A & D is is r = 2. Two resistance of 6 and 3 are connected as
shown in figure. The external force required to keep the
× A× connector moving with a constant velocity v = 2m/s is
× × B× × ×
× × × × × × ×
O 90° v
v
× × × × × × ×
× × C × ×D× ×
(a) 6 N (b) 4 N
(a) 0 (b) 1.41 volt
(c) 2 N (d) 1 N
(c) 0.71 volt (d) None of the above
23. A wire cd of length l and mass m is sliding without friction
20. A conducting rod of length 2l is rotating with constant on conducting rails ax and by as shown. The vertical rails
angular speed  about its perpendicular bisector. A uniform are connected to each other with a resistance R between a
magnetic field B exists parallel to the axis of rotation. The and b. A uniform magnetic field B is applied perpendicular
e.m.f. induced between two ends of the rod is to the plane abcd such that cd moves with a constant
velocity of
R
a b

c l d

x y

mgR mgR
1 (a) (b)
(a) B 2 (b) B 2 B B2 2
2
mgR mgR
1 (c) (d)
(c) B
2 3 3
8
(d) Zero B  B2
24. A wire of length 1 m is moving at a speed of 2ms–1
21. A conducting rod PQ of length L = 1.0 m is moving with a
perpendicular to its length and a homogeneous magnetic
uniform speed v = 2 m/s in a uniform magnetic field B = 4.0 T
field of 0.5 T. The ends of the wire are joined to a circuit of
directed into the paper. A capacitor of capacity C = 10 F
resistance 6 . The rate at which work is being done to
is connected as shown in figure. Then
keep the wire moving at constant speed is

P 1 1
× × × × (a) W (b) W
12 6
× × × × ×
A
v 1
B× × × × × (c) W (d) 1W
3
× × × × ×
Q 25. How much length of a very thin wire is required to obtain
a solenoid of length l0 and inductance L
(a) qA = + 80 C and qB = – 80 C
2L 0 4L 0
(b) qA = – 80 C and qB = + 80 C (a) (b)
0  02
(c) qA = 0 = qB
(d) Charge stored in the capacitor increases exponentially
4L 0 8L 0
with time (c) (d)
0 0
 106
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

26. An inductor of 2 henry and a resistance of 10 ohms are 32. Two conducting circular loops of radii R1 and R2 are placed
connected in series with a battery of 5 volts. The initial in the same plane with their centres coinciding. If R1 >> R2,
rate of change of current is the mutual inductance M between them will be directly
(a) 0.5 amp/sec (b) 2.0 amp/sec proportional to
(c) 2.5 amp/sec (d) 0.25 amp/sec (a) R1/R2 (b) R2/R1
27. An e.m.f. of 15 volt is applied in a circuit containing 5
henry inductance and 10 ohm resistance. The ratio of (c) R12 / R 2 (d) R 22 / R 1
the currents at time t =  and at t = 1 second is 33. Two coils have a mutual inductance 0.005 H. The current
1 / 2 2 changes in the first coil according to equation I = I0 sin t,
e e
(a) 1/ 2 (b) 2
where I0 = 10A and   radian/sec. The maximum
e 1 e 1 value of e.m.f. in the second coil is
–1
(c) 1 – e (d) e–1 (a) 2 (b) 5
28. The resistance in the following circuit is increased at a
(c)  (d) 4
particular instant. At this instant the value of resistance is
10. The current in the circuit at this instant will be now 34. An inductor of inductance 2.0 mH is connected across a
charged capacitor of capacitance 5.0 µF and the resulting
L-C circuit is set oscillating at its natural frequency. Let Q
denote the instantaneous charge on the capacitor and I
the current in the circuit. It is found that the maximum value
of Q is 200 µC.
(a) When Q = 100 µC, what is the value of |dI / dt| ?
(a) i = 0.5 A (b) i > 0.5 A (b) When Q = 200 µC, what is the value of I ?
(c) i < 0.5 A (d) i = 0 (c) Find the maximum value of I.
29. A 50 volt potential difference is suddenly applied to a coil
(d) When I is equal to one-half its maximum value, what is
with L = 5 × 10–3 h bmenry and R = 180 ohm. The rate of
the value of |Q| ?
increase of current after 0.001 second is
(a) 27.3 amp/sec (b) 27.8 amp/sec Multiple Answer Questions (more than one correct)
(c) 2.73 amp/sec (d) None of the above 35. The uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of a
conducting ring of radius a changes at the rate of , then
3
30. The current in a LR circuit builds up to th of its steady (a) all the points on the ring are at the same potential
4 2
state value in 4s. The time constant of this circuit is (b) the e.m.f. induced in the ring is a 
(c) electric field intensity E at any point on the ring is zero
1 2
(a) s (b) s
n 2 n 2 a
(d) E 
2
3 4
(c) s (d) s
n 2 n 2 36. The conductor AD moves to the right in a uniform
magnetic field directed into the plane of the paper.
31. What is the mutual inductance of a two-loop system as
shown with centre separation l

1 2
a a
l >>a

 0 a 4  0 a 4 (a) The free electron in AD will move towards A

(a) (b)
8 3 4 3
(b) D will acquire a positive potential with respect to A
4 4
 0 a  0 a (c) A current will flow from A to D in AD in close loop
(c) 3 (d) 3
6 2 (d) The current in AD flows from lower to higher potential
 107
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

37. Switch S of the circuit shown in figure is closed at t = 0. (a) radius of the loop changes with r = r0 – vt/
If e denotes the induced e.m.f. in L and I is the current (b) EMF induced in the loop as a function of time is
flowing through the circuit at time t, which of the following |e| = 2Bv(r 0 – vt/)
graphs is/are correct ?
Bv
(c) Current induced in the loop is I =
2

Bv
(d) Current induced in the loop is I =

40. Two different coils have self inductance L1 = 8 mH, L2 = 2
(a) (b) mH. The current in one coil is increased at a constant rate.
The current in the second coil is also increased at the
same rate. At a certain instant of time, the power given
to the two coils is the same. At that time the current the
induced voltage and the energy stored in the first coil
are i1, V1 and W1 respectively. Corresponding values for
the second coil at the same instant are i2, V2 and W2
respectively. Then -
(c) (d)
(a) i1/i2 = 1/4 (b) i1/i2 = 4
(c) W2/W1 = 4 (d) V2/V1 = 1/4
41. The magnetic flux (f) linked with a coil depends on time t
as  = atn, where a is a constant. The induced e.m.f. in the
coil is e:
(a) lf 0 < n < 1, e = 0
38. A conducting rod of length l is hinged at point O. It is free (b) If 0 < n < 1, e  0 and |e| decreases with time
to rotate in a vertical plane. There exists a uniform magnetic
 (c) If n = 1, e is constant
field B in horizontal direction. The rod is released from (d) If n > 1, |e| increases with time.
the position shown in the figure. The potential difference
42. If B and E denote induction of magnetic field and energy
between the two ends of the rod is proportional to:
density at the midpoint of a long solenoid carrying a current
O l I, then which of the following graphs is/are correct?

B
B
(a)
(a) l 3/2
(b) l 2 I
1/2
(c) sin  (d) (sin )
B
39. A circular conducting loop of radius r0 and having
resistance per unit length  as shown in the figure is placed (b)
in a magnetic field B which is constant in space and time.
I
The ends of the loop are crossed and pulled in opposite
directions with a velocity V such that the loop always
E
remains circular and the radius of the loop goes on
decreasing, then -
(c)
× × × × × × ×
B
× × × × × × ×
B
× × × × × × × E
× × × × × × ×
V ×
× × × × × × (d)
B
 108
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

43. A loop is formed by two parallel conductors connected by 45. Two straight conducting rails form a right angle where
a solenoid with inductance L and a conducting rod of their ends are joined. A conducting bar in contact with the
mass M which can freely slide over the conductors. The rails start at the vertex at t = 0 and moves with a constant
conductors are located in a uniform magnetic field with velocity v along them as shown. A magnetic field B is
induction B perpendicular to the plane of loop. The directed into the page. The induced emf in the circuit at
distance between conductors is l. At t = 0, the rod is given any time t is proportional to :
a velocity v 0 directed towards right and the current through × × × × × × × ×
the inductor is initially zero. × × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × v×
B × × × × × × × ×
V0 × × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × ×
× × × × × × × ×
(a) t0 (b) t
(a) The maximum current in circuit during the motion of (c) v (d) v2

M Numeric Value Type Questions

rod is v 0
L 46. The potential difference across a 4 H inductor varies with
time as shown. The current is zero at time t = 0. Find the
(b) The rod moves for some distance and comes to
current (in A) at t = 2 sec.
permanently rest
(c) The velocity of rod when current in the circuit is half

3
of maximum is v0
2
(d) The rod oscillates in SHM
44. In the figure shown R is a fixed conducting ring of
negligible resistance and radius 'a'. PQ is a uniform rod of
resistance r. It is hinged at the centre of the ring and 47. A square loop of side (L/2) enters in a uniform magnetic
rotated about this point in clockwise direction with a field B = 4 T which acts in a region of length L = 2 m. The loop
2
uniform angular velocity . There is a uniform magnetic moves with constant acceleration of 1 m/sec . The resistance
field of strength B pointing inwards, 'r' is a stationary per unit length of the square frame is 1/m . Find the
resistance. magnetic force (in N) on the frame at time t = 1 sec.

B
P Q
r
R
48. A rectangular loop has a sliding connector of length 1.0 m.
(a) current through r is zero The loop is situated in a uniform magnetic field B = 4 T
(b) current through r is 2Ba /5r
2 perpendicular and into the plane of the loop. The resistance
of the connector is 2. Find the external force required to
(c) Direction of current in external r is from centre to keep the connector moving with a constant velocity of
circumference v = 2 m/sec (in N).
(d) Direction of current in external r is from circumference
to centre.
 109
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

49. Fig. shows a uniform magnetic field of induction B confined 54. Figure shows a circuit with two identical resistors and an
to a cylindrical volume of radius R. B is increasing at a ideal inductor. Comment on the current through the central
constant rate of 0.01 T/s. What is the instantaneous resistor wrt other resistor for situation in column I
acceleration experienced by an electron placed at C distant
r from centre. Assume r = 5 cm. [in 107]

× ×
× × C +
× × R
× × × ×
× × × ×
× ×
50. A copper rod of length 0.19 m is moving with uniform
velocity of 10m/s parallel to a long wire carrying a current
of 5 A. The rod itself is perpendicular to the wire with its
ends at distance of 0.01 m and 0.20 m from it. Calculate the S
emf induced in the rod. [in v] Column–I Column–II
51. A coil has an inductance of 10 H and a resistance of 2 . It (A) just after the closing at switch S (P) More
is connected to a 10 V battery. How long will it take for the (B) along time after the closing of S (Q) less
magnetic energy to reach 1/4 of its maximum value ?
(C) just after S is reopened, a long (R) same
[in sec] time later
52. A solenoid has an inductance of 10 H and a resistance of (D) a long time after the reopening (S) zero of S
2. It is connected to a 10 V battery. How long will it take
for the magnetic energy to reach 1/4 of its maximum value? Subjective Question
55. Two long parallel horizontal rails, a distance d apart and
Match The Column Type Questions each having a resistance  per unit length, are joined at
53. Time varying magnetic field is present in a circular region one end by a resistance R. A perfectly conducting rod
of radius R. Then MN of mass m is free to slide along the rails without
Column–I Column–II friction (see figure). There is a uniform magnetic field of
induction B normal to the plane of the paper and directed
(A) If a rod is placed (P) Electric field is perpen– into the paper. A variable force F is applied to the rod MN
along the diameter of dicular to the length of the such that, as the rod moves, a constant current i flows
the magnetic field. rod. through R.
(B) Induced electric (Q) Constant along the M
× × × × × ×
field at a point within length of conductor.
× × × × × × ×
magnetic field (r < R) × × × × × × ×
r dB R × × × F× ×d ×
(C) Induced electric (R)  B
2 dt × × × × × ×
× × × × × × ×
field at a point out side
× × × × × ×
the magnetic field (r > R) N
(i) Find the velocity of the rod and the applied force F as
R 2 dB functions of the distance x of the rod from R.
(D) Induced electric field (S) 
2r dt (ii) What fraction of the work done per second by F is
in a conductor has a converted into heat?
component parallel to
length of conductor
 110
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

56. A circuit containing a two position switch S is shown in 59. A square metal wire loop of side 10 cm and resistance 1 is
figure. moved with a constant velocity v 0 in a uniform magnetic
R3 C field of induction B = 2 weber/m2 as shown in the figure.
R5 The magnetic field lines are perpendicular to the plane of
R1 E1
the loop (directed into the paper). The loop is connected
12V
1 A E2 R2 B to a network of resistors each of value 3
2 S 3V The resistances of the lead wires OS and PQ are negligible.
R4
L
What should be the speed of the loop so as to have a
10 mH
steady current of 1 mA in the loop? Give the direction of
(a) The switch S is in position 1. Find the potential difference current in the loop.
VA–VB and the rate of production of joule heat in R1.
60. Space is divided by the line AD into two regions. Region
(b) If now the switch S is put in position 2 at t = 0. Find;
I is field free and the region II has a uniform magnetic field
(i) steady current in R4 and B directed into the plane of the paper. ACD is a semicircular
(ii) the time when current in R4 is half the steady value.Also conducting loop of radius r with centre at O, the plane of
calculate the energy stored in the inductor L at that time. the loop being in the plane of the paper. The loop is now
made to rotate with a constant angular velocity  about an
57. A magnetic field B  B0 y / a  k̂ is acting into the paper in
axis passing through O and perpendicular to the plane of
the +z direction. B0 and a are positive constants. A square the paper. The effective resistance of the loop is R.
loop EFGH of side a, mass m and resistance R in x-y plane
Region I Region II
starts falling under the influence of gravity. Note the × × × × ×
A × × × × ×
directions of x and y in the figure. Find : × × × × ×
r × × × × ×
O x O × × × B× ×
× × × × ×
g C
E F × × × × ×
D × × × × ×
× × × × ×
H G
(a) Obtain an expression for the magnitude of the induced
y current in the loop.
(a) the induced current in the loop and indicate its direction. (b) Show the direction of the current when the loop is
(b) the total Lorentz force acting on the loop and indicate entering into the region II.
its direction. (c) Plot a graph between the induced emf and the time of
(c) an expression for the speed of the loop v (t) and its rotation for two periods of rotation.
terminal velocity. (b) According to Lenz law current will be anticlock wise.
58. A rectangular frame ABCD, made of a uniform metal wire, 61. A pair of parallel horizontal conducting rails of negligible
has a straight connection between E and F made of the resistance shorted at one end is fixed on a table. The
same wire, as shown in figure AEFD is a square of side distance between the rails is L. A conducting massless rod
1 m and EB = FC = 0.5 m. The entire circuit is placed in a of resistance R can slide on the rails frictionlessly. The rod
steadily increasing, uniform magnetic field directed into is tied to a massless string which passes over a pulley
the plane of the paper and normal to it. The rate of change fixed to the edge of the table. A mass m tied to the other
of the magnetic field is 1 T/s. The resistance per unit length end of the string hangs vertically. A constant magnetic
of the wire is 1/m. Find the magnitudes and directions of field B exists perpendicular to the table. If the system is
the currents in the segments AE. BE and EF. released from rest. Calculate :

A E B
L R
× × × × × ×
B
× × × × × ×
× × × × × ×
× × × × × ×
× × × × × × (a) the terminal velocity achieved by the rod, and
D F C
(b) the acceleration of the mass at the instant when the
velocity of the rod is half the terminal velocity.
 111
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

62. Two parallel vertical metallic rails AB and CD are separated 6H

by 1 m. They are connected at two ends by resistances R1
and R2 as shown in figure. A horizontal metallic bar of
mass 0.2 kg slides without friction vertically down the rails 3H
under the action of gravity. There is a uniform horizontal
magnetic field of 0.6 T perpendicular to the plane of the
rails. It is observed that when the terminal velocity is
attained, the powers dissipated in R1 and R2 are 0.76 W and
18V S
1.2 W respectively. Find the terminal velocity of the bar L
64. Current as a function of time in the battery is :
and the values of R1 and R2.
R1 (a) 9 (1 – e–t/3) A (b) 9 (1 – e–t/6) A
A C
(c) 9 (1 – e–2t/3) A (d) none of these
L
65. In steady state, the current flowing through 3 H inductor is:
(a) 3 A (b) 6 A
R2 (c) 9 A (d) none of these
B D 66. In steady state the current flowing through 6 H inductor is:
63. A metal rod OA and mass m and length r kept rotating with
(a) 3 A (b) 6 A
a constant angular speed  in a vertical plane about 1
horizontal axis at the end O. The free end A is arranged to (c) 9 A (d) none of these
slide without friction along a fixed conducting circular ring Passage : 2
in the same plane as that of rotation. A uniform and constant
 Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 67 and 68
magnetic induction B is applied perpendicular and into
A wire loop enclosing a semicircle of radius R is located
the plane of rotation as shown in figure. An inductor L and on the boundary of a uniform magnetic field B. At the
an external resistance R are connected through a switch S moment t = 0, the loop is set into rotation with constant
between the point O and a point C on the ring to form an angular acceleration  about an axis O conducting with
electrical circuit. Neglect the resistance of the ring and the the line of vector on the boundary. The clockwise e.m.f.
rod. Initially, the switch is open.What is the induced emf direction is taken to be positive.
across the terminals of the switch?
(i) Obtain an expression for the current as a function of
time after switch S is closed.
(ii) Obtain the time dependence of the torque required to
maintain the constant angular speed, given that the rod
OA was along the positive X-axis at t = 0.
Y
× × × × × ×
A
S × × × × × B
67. The variation of e.m.f. as a function of time is
× × ×O× × × X
R × × × × × × 1 3
C (a) BR 2 t (b) BR 2 tA
2 2
L
Comprehension type Questions Passage : 1
2
BR 2 t
Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 64 to Q. 66 (c) 3 BR t (d)
2
Figure shows a circuit in which two inductors of 3 H and 6
H are connected in parallel. These are connected to a 18
volt battery with a 2 resistance.
Switch S is closed at t = 0. Neglect mutual inductance
between the two inductors.
 112
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

68. The variation of e.m.f. as a function of time is 70. The magnitude of the induced electric field inside the
solenoid at a distance r1 from its axis is

r1 dB dB
(a) (b) r1
2 dt dt
(a) (b) r1 dB
3r1 dB
(c) (d)
2 dt 2 dt
Passage : 4
Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 71
In the circuit shown E = 120 V, R1 = 30.0 W, R2 = 50.0 W
and L = 0.200 H. Switch S is closed at t = 0. Just after the
(c) (d) switch is closed.

Passage : 3
Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 69 to Q. 70
The magnetic field within a long, straight solenoid with a
circular cross section and radius R is increasing at a rate
of dB/dt.
69. What is the rate of change of flux through a circle with
radius r1 inside the solenoid, normal to the axis of the
71. Now the switch s is opened, just after opening the S, what
solenoid, and with centre on the solenoid axis is
is the potential difference Vab across the resistance R1 ?
dB 1 2 dB (a) 72 V (b) 36 V
(a) 2 r12 (b) r1
dt 2 dt (c) 56 V (d) 90 V

2 dB 3 2 dB
(c) r1 (d) r1
dt 2 dt
 113
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. A uniform but time- varying magnetic field B (t) exists in a 4. A metallic square loop ABCD is moving in its own plane
circular region of radius a and is directed into the plane of with velocity v in a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to
the paper as shown. The magnitude of the induced electric its plane as shown in the figure. Electric field is induced:
field at point P at a distance r from the centre of the circular
(2001)
region : (2000)

B(t)
× × r P A B
× ×
× × × × × v
× × × ×
× ×× ×× ×
× ×a× × D C
×× ××

(a) is zero (b) decreases as 1/r

(a) in AD, but not in BC (b) in BC, but not in AD
(c) increases as r (d) decreases as 1/r2
(c) neither in AD nor in BC (d) in both AD and BC
2. A coil of wire having finite inductance and resistance
has a conducting ring placed co-axially within it. The 5. Two circular coils can be arranged in any of the three
coil is connected to a battery at time t=0, so that a time situations shown in the figure. Their mutual inductance
dependent current I1 (t) starts flowing through the coil. If will be : (2001)
I2 (t) is the current induced in the ring and B (t) is the
magnetic field at the axis of the coil due to I1 (t) then as a
function of time (t > 0), the product I2(t) B(t): (2000)
(a) increases with time
(a) (b) (c)
(b) decreases with time
(c) does not vary with time (a) maximum in situation (a)
(d) passes through a maximum (b) maximum in situation (b)
3. A thermocole vessel contains 0.5 kg of distilled water at (c) maximum in situation (c)
30°C. A metal coil of area 5 × 10 –3 m2, number of turns
100, mass 0.06 kg and resistance 1.6  is lying (d) the same in all situations
horizontally at the bottom of the vessel. A uniform time 6. An inductor of inductance L = 400 mH and resistors of
varying magnetic field is set-up to pass vertically resistances R1 = 2 and R2= 2 are connected to a battery
through the coil at time t = 0. The field is first increased of emf E = 12 V as shown in the figure. The internal
from 0 to 0.8 T at a constant rate between 0 and 0.2 s and
resistance of the battery is negligible. The switch S is closed
then decreased to zero from zero at the same rate between
at time t =0. (2001)
0.2 and 0.4 s. The cycle is repeated 12000 times. Make
sketches of the current through the coil and the power
dissipated in the coil as a function of time for the first
two cycles. Clearly indicate the magnitudes of the
quantities on the axes. Assume that no heat is lost to
the vessel or the surroundings. Determine the final
temperature of the water under thermal equilibrium. What is the potential drop across L as a function of time?
Specific heat of metal = 500 J/kg-K and the specific heat After the steady state is reached, the switch is opened.
of water = 4200 J/kg-K. Neglect the inductance of coil. What is the direction and the magnitude of current through
(2000)
R1 as a function of time?
 114
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

7. As shown in the figure, P and Q are two coaxial conducting

di d
loops separated by some distance. When the switch S is (a) Find a relation among i, and where i is the
dt dt
closed, a clockwise current Ip flows in P (as seen by E) and
current in the circuit and  is the flux of the magnetic
an induced current IQ flows in Q. The switch remains closed
1
field due to the long wire through the circuit.
for a longtime. When S is opened, a current IQ flows in Q.
2
Then the direction IQ and IQ (as seen by E) are: (b) It is observed that at time t = T, the metal bar AB is at a
1 2
(2002) distance of 2 x0 from the long wire and the resistance R
P
carries a current i1. Obtain an expression for the net
Q charge that has flown through resistance R from
E
t = 0 to t = T.
S (c) The bar is suddenly stopped at time T. The current
through resistance R is found to be i1/4 at time 2T.
Battery Find the value of L/R in terms of the other given
quantities.
(a) respectively clockwise and anticlockwise
10. The variation of induced emf (e) with time (t) in a coil if a
(b) both clockwise
short bar magnet is moved along its axis with a constant
(c) both anticlockwise velocity is best represented as : (2004)
(d) respectively anticlockwise and clockwise
8. A short-circuited coil is placed in a time varying magnetic
field. Electrical power is dissipated due to the current (a) (b)
e e
induced in the coil. If the number of turns were to be
quadrupled and the wire radius halved, the electrical power
t
dissipated would be : (2002)
t
(a) halved (b) the same
(c) doubled (d) quadrupled e e
9. A metal bar AB can slide on two parallel thick metallic rail
separated by a distance l. A resistance R and an inductance
L are connected to the rails as shown in the figure. A long (c) (d)
straight wire, carrying a constant current I0 is placed in the t t
plane of the rails and perpendicular to them as shown. The
bar AB is held at rest at a distance x0 from the long wire. At 11. In the circuit shown A and B are two cells of same emf E but
t = 0, it made to slide on the rails away from the wire. Answer different internal resistances r1 and r2 (r1 > r2) respectively.
the following questions. (2002) Find the value of R such that the potential difference across
the terminals of cell A is zero a long time after the key K is
closed. (2004)
 115
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

12. A long solenoid of radius a and number of turns per unit 15. After the capacitor gets fully charged, S1 is opened and S2
length n is enclosed by cylindrical shell of radius R is closed so that the inductor is connected in series with
the capacitor. Then, (2006)
thickness d (d < < R) and length L. A variable current i = i0
(a) at t = 0, energy stored in the circuit is purely in the form
sin t flows through the coil. If the resistivity of the material
of magnetic energy
of cylindrical shell is  , find the induced current in the
(b) at any time t > 0, current in the circuit is in the same direction
shell. (2005) (c)at t > 0, there is no exchange of energy between the
inductor and capacitor
(d) at any time t > 0, maximum instantaneous current in the
C
circuit may V
L
16. A field line is shown in the figure. This field cannot
represent. (2006)

13. An infinitely long cylinder is kept parallel to an uniform (a) Magnetic field (b) Electrostatic field
magnetic field B directed along positive z-axis. The direction (c) Induced electric field (d) Gravitational field
of induced current as seen from the z-axis will be:
PASSAGE TYPE QUESTIONS
(2005) Modern trains are based on Maglev technology in which
(a) clockwise of the +ve z-axis trains are magnetically leviated, which runs its EDS Maglev
(b) anticlockwise of the +ve z-axis system.
(c) zero There are coils on both sides of wheels. Due to motion of
(d) along the magnetic field train, current induces in the coil of track which levitate it.
This is in accordance with Lenz’s law. If trains lower down
14. Initially, the capacitor was uncharged. Now, switch Sl is
then due to Lenz’s law a repulsive force increases due to
closed and S2 is kept open. If time constant of this circuit is
, then : (2006) which train gets uplifted and if it goes much high then
there is a net downward force due to gravity. The advantage
V of Maglev train is that there is no friction between the train
and the track, thereby reducing power consumption and
R C S1
enabling the train to attain very high speeds.
S2 Disadvantage of Maglev train is that as it slows down the
L electromagnetic forces decreases and it becomes difficult
(a) after time interval , charge on the capacitor is CV/2 to keep it levitated and as it moves forward according to
(b) after time interval 2, charge on the capacitor is CV/ Lenz law there is an electromagnetic drag force.
[(1 – e–2)] 17. What is the advantage of this system? (2006)
(c) the work done by the voltage source will be half
(a) No friction hence no power consumption
on the heat dissipated when the capacitor is fully
charged (b) No electric power is used
(d) after time interval 2, charge on the capacitor is CV/ (c) Gravitation force is zero
[(1 – e–1)]
(d) Electrostatic force draws the train
 116
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

18. What is the disadvantage of this system ? (2006) 22. Two metallic rings A and B, identical in shape and size but
(a) Train experiences upward force according to Lenz’s law having different resistivities A and B, are kept on top of
(b) Friction force create a drag on the train two identical solenoids as shown in the figure. When
current I is switched on in both the solenoids in identical
(c) Retardation
manner, the rings A and B jump to heights hA and hB,
(d) By Lenz’s law train experience a drag respectively, with hA > hB. The possible relation(s) between
19. Which force causes the train to elevate up ? (2006) their resistivities and their masses mA and mB is (are) (2009)
(a) Electrostatic force
(b) Time varying electric field
(c) Magnetic force
(d) Induced electric field
20. If the total charge stored in the LC circuit is Q0, then for
t0 (2006)

 t  (a) A > B and mA = mB (b) A < B and mA = mB

(a) the charge on the capacitor is Q  Q 0 cos  
2 LC  (c) A > B and mA > mB (d) A < B and mA < mB
24. A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 m carries
 
(b) the charge on the capacitor is Q  Q 0 cos   t  a current I along its curved surface as shown. A wire loop
2 
 LC  of resistance 0.005  and of radius 0.1 m is placed inside
the tube with its axis coinciding with the axis of the tube.
d 2Q The current varies as I = I0 cos 300 t where I0 is constant.
(c) the charge on the capacitor is Q  LC
dt 2 If the magnetic moment of the loop is N 0I0 sin (300 t),
then N is. (2011)
1 d 2Q
(d) the charge on the capacitor is Q  
LC dt 2
21. The figure shows certain wire segments joined together
to form a coplanar loop. The loop is placed in a
perpendicular magnetic field in the direction going into
the plane of the figure. The magnitude of the field increases
with time. I1 and I2 are the currents in the segments ab and
cd. Then, (2009) PASSAGE TYPE QUESTIONS
A thermal power plant produces electric power of 600 kW
at 4000 V, which is to be transported to a place 20 km away
from the power plant for consumer’s usage. It can be
transported either directly with a cable of large current
carrying capacity or by using a combination of step-up
and step-down transformers at the two ends. The
drawback of the direct transmission is the large energy
dissipation. In the method using transformers, the
dissipation is much smaller. In this method, a step-up
(a) I1 > I2 transformer is used at the plant side so that the current is
(b) I1 < I2 reduced to a smaller value. At the consumers’ end a step-
(c) I1 is in the direction ba and I2 is in the direction cd down transformer is used to supply power to the
consumers at the specified lower voltage. It is reasonable
(d) I1 is in the direction ab and I2 is in the direction dc
to assume that the power cable is purely resistive and the
transformers are ideal with a power factor unity. All the
current and voltage mentioned are rms values.
 117
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

25. If the direct transmission method with a cable of resistance 30. In the circuit shown, L = 1H, C = 1F and R = 1k. They
–1
0.4 km is used, the power dissipation (in %) during are connected in series with an a.c. source V = V0 sin t as
transmission is (2013) shown. Which of the following options is/are correct?
(a) 20 (b) 30 (2017)
(c) 40 (d) 50
26. In the method using the transformers, assume that the
ratio of the number of turns in the primary to that in the
secondary in the step-up transformer is 1 : 10. If the power
to the consumers has to be supplied at 200 V, the ratio of
the number of turns in the primary to that in the secondary (a) At  ~ 0 the current flowing through the circuit
in the step-down transformer is (2013) becomes nearly zero
(a) 200 : 1 (b) 150 : 1
(b) At   106 rad.s 1 , the circuit behaves like a
(c) 100 :1 (d) 50 :1
capacitor
PASSAGE TYPE QUESTIONS
(c) The frequency at which the current will be in phase
A point charge Q is moving in a circular orbit of radius R in with the voltage is independent of R
the x–y plane with an angular velocity . This can be
considered as equivalent to a loop carrying a steady (d) The current will be in phase with the voltage if

Q   10 4 rad . s 1
current . A uniform magnetic field along the positive
2 31. A circular insulated copper wire loop is twisted to form
z–axis is now switched on, which increases at a constant two loops of area A and 2A as shown in the figure. At the
rate from 0 to B in one second. Assume that the radius of point of crossing the wires remain electrically insulated
the orbit remains constant. The applications of the from each other. The entire loop lies in the plane (of the
magnetic field induces an emf in the orbit. The induced paper). A uniform magnetic field B points into the plane
emf is defined as the work done by an induced electric of the paper. At t = 0, the loop starts rotating about the
field in moving a unit positive charge around a closed common diameter as axis with a constant angular velocity
loop. It is known that, for an orbiting charge, the magnetic  in the magnetic field. Which of the following options
dipole moment is propotional to the angular momentum is/are correct? (2017)
with a proportionality constant .
27. The magnitude of the induced electric field in the orbit at
any instant of time during the time interval of the magnetic
field change is (2013)
BR BR
(a) (b)
4 2
(c) BR (d) 2 BR
28. The change in the magnetic dipole moment associated
with the orbit, at the end of the time interval of the magnetic
field change, is : (2013)

2 BQR 2
(a) BQR (b) 
2 (a) The amplitude of the maximum net emf induced due to
both loops is equal to the amplitude of maximum emf
BQR 2 2
(c)  (d) BQR induced in the smaller loop alone.
2
(b) The rate of change of the flux is maximum when the
29. Two inductors L1 (inductance 1 mH, internal resistance plane of the loops is perpendicular to plane of the paper
3) and L2 (inductance 2 mH, internal resistance 4), (c) The net emf induced due to both the loops is
and a resistor R (resistance 12) are all connected in proportional to has to be completed.
parallel across a 5 V battery. The circuit is switched on at
(d) The emf induced in the loop is proportional to the sum
time t = 0, The ratio of the maximum to minimum current
of the areas of the two loops
(Imax/Imin) drawn from the battery is (2016)
 118
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

32. In the figure below, the switches S1 and S2 are closed

simultaneously at t = 0 and a current starts to flow in the
circuit. Both the batteries have the same magnitude of the
electromotive force (emf) and have polarities are as
indicated in the figure. Ignore mutual inductance between
the inductors. The current I in the middle wire reaches its
maximum magnitude Imax at time t = . Which of the following
statements is(are) true ? (2018) 35. The inductors of two LR circuits are placed next to each
other, as shown in the figure. The values of the self-
inductance of the inductors, resistances, mutual-
inductance and applied voltages are specified in the
given circuit. After both the switches are closed
simultaneously, the total work done by the batteries
against the induced EMF in the inductors by the time the
currents reach their steady state values is________ mJ.
V V (2020)
(a) I max  (b) I max 
2R 4R
L 2L
(c)   n 2 (d)   n 2
R R
33. Two identical moving coil galvanometers have 10
resistance and full scale deflection at 2A current. One
of them is converted into a voltmeter of 100 mVfull scale
reading and the other into an Ammeter of 1mA full scale
current using appropriate resistors. These are then used
to measure the voltage and current in the Ohm’s law
36. A long straight wire carries a current l = 2 ampere. A semi-
experiment with R  1000 resistor by using an ideal
cirular conducting rod is placed beside it on two
cell. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct ? conducting parallel rails of negligible resistance. Both the
(2019) rails are parallel to the wire. The wire, the rod and the rails
(a) The resistance of the Voltmeter will be 100 k lie in the same horizontal plane, as shown in the figure.
Two ends of the semi-circular rod are at distance 1 cm and
(b) The resistance of the Ammeter will be 0.02 (round 4 cm from the wire. A time t = 0, the rod starts moving on
off to 2nd decimal place) the rails with a speed v = 3.0 m/s (see the figure). A resister
(c) If the ideal cell is replaced by a cell having internal R = 1.4 and a capacitor C0 = 5.0 F are connected in
series between the rails.
resistance of 5 then the measured value of R will be
At time t = 0, C0 is unchanged. Which of the following
more than 1000 statement(s) is (are) correct?
(d) The measured value of R will be 978  R  982 [0 = 4 × 10–7 SI units. Take in 2 = 0.7] (2021)
34. A 10 cm long perfectly conducting wire PQ is moving
with a velocity 1 cm/s on a pair of horizontal rails of zero
resistance. One side of the rails is connected to an
inductor L = 1 mH and a resistance R = 1W as shown in
figure. The horizontal rails, L and R lie in the same plane
with a uniform magnetic field B = 1T perpendicular to the
plane. If the key S is closed at certain instant, the current
in the circuit after 1 millisecond is x × 10–3A, where the
value of x is_____________.
[Assume the velocity of wire PQ remains constant (1 cm/
s) after key S is closed. Given: e–1 = 0.37, where e is base (a) Maximum current through R is 1.2 × 10–6 ampere
of the natural logarithm] (b) Maximum current through R is 3.8 × 10–6 ampere
(2019) (c) Maximum charge on capacitor C0 is 8.4 × 10–2 ampere
(d) Maximum charge on capacitor C0 is 2.4 × 10–12 ampere
 119
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

37. A thin conducting rod MN of mass 20 gm, length 25cm 38. A rectangular conducting loop of length 4 cm and width 2
and resistance 10 is held on frictionless, long, perfectly cm is in the xy-plane, as shown in the figure. It is being
conducting vertical rails as shown in the figure. There is moved away from a thin and long conducting wire along
a uniform magnetic field B0  4T directed perpendicular 3 1
the direction xˆ  yˆ with a constant speed v. The
to the plane of the rod-rail arrangement. The rod is released 2 2
from rest at time t = 0 and it moves down along the rails. wire is carrying a steady current I = 10A in the positive x-
Assume air drag is negligible. Match each quantity in direction. A current of 10  A flows through the loop when
List – I with an appropriate value from List – II, and choose it is at a distance d = 4 cm from the wire. If the resistance
the correct option.
of the loop is 0.1 , then the value of v is _____ ms 1 .
[Given: The acceleration due to gravity g  10ms 2 and [Given: The permeability of free space
e 1  0.4 ] (2023) 0  4 10 7 NA2 ]

(2023)

(a) P  5, Q  2, R  3, S  1
(b) P  3, Q  1, R  4, S  5
(c) P  4, Q  3, R  1, S  2
(d) P  3, Q  4, R  2, S  5

Find Answer key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book

ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

Please share your valuable feedback by

scanning the QR code.
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 120

07
ALTERNATING CURRENT &
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 136
Chapter 07

ALTERNATING CURRENT &

ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

1. THE ALTERNATING CURRENT I0 2I

q  1  1  0 ...(3)
 
The magnitude of alternating current changes continuously
If Im represents the mean or average value of alternating
with time and its direction is reversed periodically. It is
current over the 1st half cycle, then
represented by
T
q  Im  ...(4)
I  I 0 sin  t or I  I0 cos  t 2

2 T I 2 I .T
  2v From (3) and (4), we get I m   2 0  0 …(5)
T 2  2

1.1. Average Value of Alternating Current 2

Or I m  I 0  0.637 I 0

The mean or average value of alternating current over any
Hence, mean or average value of alternating current over
half cycle is defined as that value of steady current which
positive half cycle is 0.637 times the peak value of
would send the same amount of charge through a circuit in
alternating current, i.e., 63.7% of the peak value.
the time of half cycle (i.e. T/2) as is sent by the alternating
current through the same circuit, in the same time. 1.2 R.M.S value of alternating current
To calculate the mean or average value, let an alternating The notation rms refers to root mean square, which is given
current be represented by by square root of mean square current.
I = I0 sin  t ...(1) 2
i.e.,i rms  lavg
If the strength of current is assumed to remain constant for a
small time, dt, then small amount of charge sent in a small T
time dt is 2

dq = I dt ...(2)
i dt T
1 2 2 i2
T
2 0
iavg  T
  i 0 sin  t    dt  0  1 – cos 2  t –   dt
Let q be the total charge sent by alternating current in the T0 2T 0
first half cycle (i.e. 0  T/2).
 dt
0
T/2

 q  I dt
0 T
i02  sin 2  t     i 02  T – sin  4  2  – sin 2  i 02
T/2 T/2  t –    
Using (1), we get, q  I 0 sin t.dt  I 0   cos t  2T  2  0 2T  2  2
 0

  
0

I0  T 
 cos   cos 0  i0
  2  i rms   0.707i0
2
10
  cos   cos 0 T  2  V0
 Vrms   0.707 V0
2

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 122

2. A.C. CIRCUITS 2.1.1 Phasor Diagram

In the a.c. circuit containing R only, current and voltage are
2.1 A.C. Circuits Containing Resistance Only 
in the same phase. Therefore, in figure, both phasors I0
Let a source of alternating e.m.f. be connected to a pure 
resistance R, Figure. Suppose the alternating e.m.f. supplied and E0 are in the same direction making an angle (t) with

is represented by OX. This is so for all times. It means that the phase angle
E = E0 sin t ...(1) between alternating voltage and alternating current through

Let I be the current in the circuit at any instant t. The R is zero. I = I0 sin t and E = E0 sin t.
potential difference developed across R will be IR. This 2.2 A.C. Circuit Containing Inductance only
must be equal to e.m.f. applied at that instant, i.e., IR = E =
In an a.c. circuit containing L only alternating current I lags
E0 sin t behind alternating voltage E by a phase angle of 90°, i.e.,
by one fourth of a period. Conversely, voltage across L
leads the current by a phase angle of 90°. This is shown in
figure.

Fig. 7.1

Fig. 7.2
E0
or I  sin t  I 0 sin t ...(2)
R
where I0 = E0/R, maximum value of current. Fig. 7.3

This is the form of alternating current developed. Figure (b) represents the vector diagram or the phasor

Comparing I0 = E0/R with Ohm’s law equation, viz. current diagram of a.c. circuit containing L only. The vector

= voltage/resistance, we find that resistance to a.c. is representing makes an angle (t) with OX. As current lags

represented by R–which is the value of resistance to d.c. behing the e.m.f. by 90°, therefore, phasor representing I0 is
Hence behaviour of R in d.c. and a.c. circuit is the same, R 
turned clockwise through 90° from the direction of E0 .
can reduce a.c. as well as d.c. equally effectively.
  v
Comparing (2) and (1), we find that E and I are in phase. I  I0 sin  t   , I0  0 , XL =  L
 2 xL
Therefore, in an a.c. circuit containing R only, the voltage
and current are in the same phase, as shown in figure.

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 123

A pure inductance offer zero resistance to dc. It means a The phasor diagram or vector diagram of a.c. circuit
pure inductor cannot reduce dc. The units of inductive containing C only in shown in figure (b). The phasor is
reactance turned anticlockwise through 90° from the direction of
1 1 1 phasor . Their projections on YOY’ give the instantaneous
XL =  L  (henry) =  ohm
sec sec amp / sec values E and I as shown in figure (b). When E0 and I0 rotate
The dimensions of inductive reactance are the same as those with frequency , curves in figure (c). are generated.
of resistance.
2.3 A.C. Circuit Containing Capacitance Only
Let a source of alternating e.m.f. be connected to a capacitor
only of capacitance C, figure. Suppose the alternating e.m.f.
supplied is E = E0 sin t ...(1)
The current flowing in the circuit transfers charge to the
plates of the capacitor. This produces a potential difference
between the plates. The capacitor is alternately charged and
discharged as the current reverses each half cycle. At any
instant t, suppose q is the charge on the capacitor. Therefore,
potential difference across the plates of capacitor V = q/C.
At every instant, the potential difference V must be equal to
the e.m.f. applied i.e.
q Fig. 7.4
V  E  E 0 sin t or q = C0 sin t
C Comparing (3) with Ohm’s law equation, viz current =
If I is instantaneous value of current in the circuit at instant voltage/resistance, we find that (1/ C) represents effective
t, then resistance offered by the capacitor. This is called
dq d capacitative reactance and is denoted by XC.
I  (C0 sin t)
dt dt
1 1
Thus X C  
I = CE0 (cos t)  C 2vC
E0 The capacitative reactance limits the amplitude of current in
I sin  t   / 2  ...(2)
1/ C a purely capacitative circuit in the same way as the
The current will be maximum i.e. resistance limits the current in a purely resistive circuit.
I = I0, when sin (t + /2) = maximum = 1 Clearly, capacitative reactance varies inversely as the

E0 frequency of a.c. and also inversely as the capacitance of the

From (2), I0  1 ...(3)
1/ C condenser.
Put in (2), I = I0 sin (t + /2) ...(4) In a d.c. circuit, v = 0,  XC = 

This is the form of alternating current developed. 1 1 sec volt sec.

Xc   sec    ohm
Comparing (4) with (1), we find that in an a.c. circuit C farad coulomb / volt amp.sec

containing C only, alternating current I leads the alternating

e.m.f. by a phase angle of 90°. This is shown in figure (b)
and (c).

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 124

 
3. A.C. Circuit Containing Resistance,  The maximum voltage across L is VL  I0 XL
Inductance and Capacitance in Series
As voltage across the inductor leads the current by

3.1 Phasor Treatment 90°, it is represented by OB along OY, 90° ahead of
 
Let a pure resistance R, a pure inductance L and an ideal VC  I0 XC .
capacitor of capacitance C be connected in series to a source
of alternating e.m.f., figure. As R, L, C are in series,  The maximum voltage across C is
therefore, current at any instant through the three elements As voltage across the capacitor lags behind the
has the same amplitude and phase. Let it be represented by I 
= I0 sin t alternating current by 90°, it is represented by OC
rotated clockwise through 90° from the direction of
 
I0 . OC is along OY’.

3.2 Analytical Treatment of RLC Series Circuit

Let a pure resistance R, a pure inductance L and an ideal
condenser of capacity C be connected in series to a source of
alternating e.m.f. Suppose the alterning e.m.f. supplied is
E = E0 sin t ...(1)

Fig. 7.5 At any instant of time t, suppose

However, voltage across each element bears a q = charge on capacitor

different phase relationship with the current. Now,
  I = current in the circuit
 The maximum voltage across R is VR  I0 R
 dI
In figure, current phasor I0 is represented along OX. = rate of change of current in the circuit
dt

q
potential difference across the condenser 
C

dI
potential difference across inductor  L
dt

potential difference across resistance = RI

The voltage equation of the circuit is

dI q
L  RI  = E = E0 sin t ...(2)
dt C

dq dI d 2 q
As I  , therefore, 
dt dt dt 2
The voltage equation becomes
Fig. 7.6
d2q dq q
As is in phase with current, it is represented by the L 2
R   E 0 sin t ...(3)
dt dt C

vector OA , along OX. This is like the equation of a forced, damped oscillator.

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 125

L-C-R Circuit v(t)  i 0 z sin  t   

X L – XC
tan  
R

  X – XC  
⇒ V  t   V0 sin  t  tan –1  L 
  R 

Here, V0 = i0Z

Fig. 7.7 And Z  R 2   X L  XC  impedance of the circuit

From circuit diagram: Same current through the resistor, 3.3 A.C. Circuit Containing Resistance & Inductance
capacitor and lnductor but the voltage applied will be
different Let a source of alternating e.m.f. be connected to an ohmic
resistance R and a coil of inductance L, in series as shown in
VR(t) = i0R sin ωt figure.
VC(t) = i0 Xc sin(ωt – π/2)
VL(t) = i0 XL sin(ωt + π/2)
Adding then
V(t) = VR(t) + VC(t) + VL(t)
V(t) = i0 R sin(ωt) + i0XC sin (ωt – π/2) + i0XL sin (ωt + π/2)

From equation (i)

Phasor Diagram
Fig. 7.10

Fig. 7.8

Fig. 7.11

Z  R2  X2L
We find that in RL circuit, voltage leads the current by a
phase angle , where
AK OL VL I 0 X L X
Fig. 7.9 tan      tan   L
OA OA VR I0 R R

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 126

2
3.4 A.C. Circuit Containing Resistance and Capacitance  = E0I0 sin t cos  sin 2 t sin 
Let a source of alternating e.m.f. be connected to an ohmic If this instantaneous power is assumed to remain constant
resistance R and a condenser of capacity C, in series as for a small time dt, then small amount of work done in this
shown in figure. time is

Z  R2  XC2  E I 
dW   E 0 I 0 sin 2 t cos   0 0 sin 2 t sin   dt
 2 
Total work done over a complete cycle is
T T
E 0 I0
W   E 0 I 0 sin 2 t cos  dt   sin 2t sin  dt
0 0 2
T T
E 0 I0
W  E 0 I0 cos   sin 2 t dt  sin   sin 2 t dt
0 2 0

T T
2 T
Fig. 7.12 As  sin  t dt  and  sin t dt  0
0 2 0

T
 W  E 0 I0 cos 
2
 Average power in the inductive circuit over a
complete cycle
W E 0 I0 cos  T E 0 I0
P  .  cos 
T T 2 2 2
P = Ev Iv cos  ...(3)
Fig. 7.13
Figure represents phasor diagram of RC circuit. We find that Hence average power over a complete cycle in an inductive

in RC circuit, voltage lags behind the current by a phase circuit is the product of virtual e.m.f., virtual current and
cosine of the phase angle between the voltage and current.
angle , where
AK OC VC I 0 X C NOTE:
tan     
OA OA VR I0 R The relation (3) is applicable to all a.c. circuits. cos 
and Z will have appropriate values for difference
4. Average Power in RLC Circuit or Inductive circuits.
Circuit
For example:
Let the alternating e.m.f. applied to an RLC circuit be 2 2 R
(i) In RL circuit, Z  R  XL and cos  
Z
E = E0 sin t ...(1)
2 2 R
(ii) In RC circuit, Z  R  XC and cos  
If alternating current developed lags behind the applied Z
e.m.f. by a phase angle , then (iii) In LC circuit, Z = XL – XC and  = 90°

I = I0 sin (t – ) ...(2) (iv) In RLC circuit, Z  R 2   X L  X C 

2
and

dW R
Power at instant t,  E 0 sin t  I0 sin  t    cos  
dt Z
Ev
= E0 I0 sin t (sin t cos – cos t sin ) In all a.c. circuits, I v 
Z
2
= E0I0 sin t cos – E0I0 sin t cos t sin 

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 127

4.1 Power Factor of an A.C. Circuit 2

 1 
Z  R 2   L   ...(1)
We have proved that average power/cycle in an inductive   C
circuit is
At very low frequencies, inductive reactance XL = L is
P = EvIv cos  ...(1)
negligible, but capacitative reactance (XC = 1/C) is very
Here, P is called true power, (EvIv) is called apparent power
high.
or virtual power and cos  is called power factor of the
As frequency of alternating e.m.f. applied to the circuit is
circuit.
increased, XL goes on increasing and XC goes on decreasing.
true power (P)
Thus, Power factor =.  cos  ..(2) For a particular value of  ( = r, say) XL = XC
apparent power  E v I v 

R 1 1
 [from impedance triangle] i.e. r L  , or r 
R 2   X L  XC 
2 r C LC

Resistance 1 1
Power factor = cos  = 2 v r  or v r 
Impedance LC 2 LC

In a non-inductance circuit, XL = XC At this particular frequency vr, as XL = XC,

R R therefore, from (1)

Power factor = cos  =   1,   0 ...(4)
R 2 R

This is the maximum value of power factor. In a pure

Z  R 2  0 = R = minimum

inductor or an ideal capacitor,  = 90° i.e. impedance of RLC circuit is minimum and hence the

Power factor = cos  = cos 90° = 0 E 0 E0

current I0   becomes maximum. This frequency is
Average power consumed in a pure inductor or ideal a Z R
called series resonance frequency.
capacitor, P = Ev Iv cos 90° = Zero. Therefore, current
through pure L or pure C, which consumes no power for its
maintenance in the circuit is called Idle current or Wattless
current.
In actual practice, we do not have ideal inductor or ideal
capacitor. Therefore, there does occur some dissipation of
energy. However, inductance and capacitance continue to be
most suitable for controlling current in a.c. circuits with
minimum loss of power.

5. Electric Resonance

5.1 Series Resonance Circuit Fig. 7.14

A circuit in which inductance L, capacitance C and
The Q factor of series resonant circuit is defined as the ratio
resistance R are connected in series, and the circuit admits
of the voltage developed across the inductance or
maximum current corresponding to a given frequency of
capacitance at resonance to the impressed voltage, which is
a.c., is called series resonance circuit.
the voltage applied across R.
The impedance (Z) of an RLC circuit is given by

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 128

voltage across L or C from the core. The source of alternating e.m.f. (to be
i.e. Q 
applied voltage (  voltage across R) transformed) is connected to the primary coil P1P2 and a load

 r L  I r L 1 / r C  I I resistance R is connected to the secondary coil S1S2 through

Q  Or Q  
RI R RI RC  r an open switch S. Thus, there can be no current through the
1 secondary coil so long as the switch is open.
Using r  , we get
LC For an ideal transformer, we assume that the resistances of

L 1 1 L 1 LC 1 L the primary and secondary windings are negligible. Further,

Q  or Q  
R LC R C RC R C the energy losses due to magnetic hysterisis in the iron core

1 L is also negligible. Well designed high capacity transformers

Thus Q  ...(1)
R C may have energy losses as low as 1%.
The quantity is regarded as a measure of sharpness of 6.3 Theory and Working
resonance, i.e., Q factor of resonance circuit is the ratio of Let the alternating e.m.f. supplied by the a.c. source
resonance angular frequency to band width of the circuit connected to primary be
(which is difference in angular frequencies at which power Ep = E0 sin t ...(1)
is half the maximum power or current is . As we have assumed the primary to be a pure inductance
with zero resistance, the sinusoidal primary current Ip lags
6. Transformer
the primary voltage Ep by 90°. The primary’s power factor,
A transformer which increases the a.c. voltage is called a cos  = 90° = 0. Therefore, no power is dissipated in
step up transformer, A transformer which decreases the a.c. primary.
voltages is called a step down transformer. The alternating primary current induces an alternating
magnetic flux B in the iron core. Because the core extends
through the secondary winding, the induced flux also
extends through the turns of secondary.
According to Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction,
the induced e.m.f. per turn (Eturn) is same for both, the
primary and secondary. Also, the voltage Ep across the
primary is equal to the e.m.f. induced in the primary, and the
Fig. 7.15 voltage Es across the secondary is equal to the e.m.f. induced

6.1 Principle d B E p E s
in the secondary. Thus, E turn   
dt np ns
A transformer is based on the principle of mutual induction,
i.e., whenever the amount of magnetic flux linked with a Here, np ; ns represent total number of turns in primary and
coil changes, an e.m.f. is induced in the neighbouring coil.
ns
6.2 Construction secondary coils respectively. Es  E p ...(2)
np
A transformer consists of a rectangular soft iron core made
If ns > np ; Es > Ep, the transformer is a step up transformer.
of laminated sheets, well insulated from one another, figure.
Two coils P1P2 (the primary coil) and S1S2 (the secondary Similarly, when ns < np ; Es < Ep. The device is called a step

coil) are wound on the same core, but are well insulated ns
down transformer. = K represents transformation ratio.
np
from each other. Note that both the coils are also insulated

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 129

Note that this relation (2) is based on three assumptions Efficiency of a transformer is defined as the ratio of output
 the primary resistance and current are small, to the input power.
 there is no leakage of magnetic flux. The same Output power E s Is
i.e.,   
magnetic flux links both, the primary and secondary Input power E p Ip

coil, In an ideal transformer, where there is no power loss,  = 1

 the secondary current is small. (i.e. 100%). However, practically there are many energy
Now, the rate at which the generator/source transfer energy losses. Hence efficiency of a transformer in practice is less
to the primary = IpEp. The rate at which the primary then than one (i.e. less than 100%).

transfers energy to the secondary (via the alternating

6.4 Energy Losses in a Transformer
magnetic field linking the two coils) is IsEs.
Following are the major sources of energy loss in a
As we assume that no energy is lost along the way,
transformer :
conservation of energy requires that
1. Copper loss is the energy loss in the form of heat in
Ep
I pE p = I s E s Is  I p the copper coils of a transformer. This is due to Joule
Es
heating of conducting wires. These are minimized
Ep np
From (2),  using thick wires.
Es ns
2. Iron loss is the energy loss in the form of heat in the
np Ip iron core of the transformer. This is due to formation
 Is  I p .  ...(3)
ns K
of eddy currents in iron core. It is minimised by
For a step up transformer, Es > Ep ; K > 1 Is < Ip taking laminated cores.
i.e. secondary current is weaker when secondary voltage is 3. Leakage of magnetic flux occurs inspite of best
higher, i.e., whatever we gain in voltage, we lose in current insulations. Therefore, rate of change of magnetic
in the same ratio. flux linked with each turn of S1S2 is less than the rate
The reverse is true for a step down transformer. of change of magnetic flux linked with each turn of
 n s  Es  n s  P1P2. It can be reduced by winding the primary and
From eqn. Ip  Is      (3)
 np  R  np  secondary coils one over the other.
4. Hysteresis loss. This is the loss of energy due to
1  n  n 
Using equation (2), we get I p  .E p  s  s  repeated magnetisation and demagnetisation of the
R  n  n 
 p  p 
iron core when a.c. is fed to it. The loss is kept to a
2
1  ns  minimum by using a magnetic material which has a
Ip    E p ...(4)
R  n p  low hysteresis loss.
This equation, has the form where the equivalent resistance 5. Magnetostriction, i.e., humming noise of a
2 transformer.
 np 
Req is Req    R ...(5) Therefore, output power in the best transformer may
 ns 
be roughly 90% of the input power.
Thus Req is the value of load resistance as seen by the
source/generator, i.e., the source/generator produces current
Ip and voltage Ep as if it were connected to a resistance Req.

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 130

7. A.C. Generator or A.C. Dynamo To start with, suppose the plane of the coil is
perpendicular to the plane of the paper in which
An a.c. generator/dynamo is a machine which produces magnetic field is applied, with AB at front and CD at
alternating current energy from mechanical energy. It is one the back, figure (a). The amount of magnetic flux
of the most important applications of the phenomenon of linked with the coil in this position is maximum. As
electromagnetic induction. The generator was designed the coil is rotated anticlockwise (or clockwise), AB
originally by a Yugoslav scientist, Nikola Tesla. The word moves inwards and CD moves outwards. The amount
generator is a misnomer, because nothing is generated by of magnetic flux linked with the coil changes.
the machine. In fact, it is an alternator converting one form According to Fleming’s right hand rule, current
of energy into another. induced in AB is from A to B and in CD, it is from C
7.1 Principle to D. In the external circuit, current flows from B2 to
An a.c. generator/dynamo is based on the phenomenon of
B1, figure (a)
electromagnetic induction, i.e., whenever amount of
magnetic flux linked with a coil changes, an e.m.f. is
induced in the coil. It lasts so long as the change in magnetic
flux through the coil continues. The direction of current
induced is given by Fleming’s right hand rule.
7.2 Construction
The essential parts of an a.c. dynamo are shown in figure.
1. Armature: ABCD is a rectangular armatrue coil. It
consists of a large number of turns of insulated
copper wire wound over a laminated soft iron core, I.
The coil can be rotated about the central axis.
2. Field Magnets: N and S are the pole pieces of a
strong electromagnet in which the armature coil is
Fig. 7.16
rotated. Axis of rotation is perpendicular to the
magnetic field lines. The magnetic field is of the
order of 1 to 2 tesla.
3. Slip Rings: R1 and R2 are two hollow metallic rings,
to which two ends of armature coil are connected.
These rings rotate with the rotation of the coil.
4. Brushes: B1 and B2 are two flexible metal plates or
carbon rods. They are fixed and are kept in light
contact with R1 and R2 respectively. The purpose of
brushes is to pass on current from the armature coil
to the external load resistance R.
Theory and Working: As the armature coil is
rotated in the magnetic field, angle  between the
field and normal to the coil changes continuously.
Therefore, magnetic flux linked with the coil Fig. 7.17
changes. An e.m.f. is induced in the coil.

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 131

After half the rotation of the coil, AB is at the back and CD Put in (2), e = e0 sin t ...(4)
is at the front, figure. Therefore, on rotating further, AB
The variation of induced e.m.f. with time (i.e. with position
moves outwards and CD moves outwards and CD moves
of the coil) is shown in figure.
inwards. The current induced in AB is from B to A and in
CD, it is from D to C. Through external circuit, current
flows from B1 to B2; figure (b). This is repeated. Induced
current in the external circuit changes direction after every
half rotation of the coil. Hence the current induced is
alternating in nature.
To calculate the magnitude of e.m.f. induced, suppose
N = number of turns in the coil,
A = area enclosed by each turn of the coil Fig. 7.19

B = strength of magnetic field The current supplied by the a.c. generator is also sinusoidal.
 e e
 = angle which normal to the coil makes with B at any It is given by i   0 sin t  i 0 win t
R R
instant t, figure.
e0
where i 0   maximum value of current.
R
NOTE:
Suppose to start with, the plane of the coil is not
perpendicular to the magnetic field. Therefore, at t = 0, Let
Fig. 7.18
, the phase angle. This is the angle which normal to the
Magnetic flux linked with the coil in this position
coil makes with the direction of The equation (4) of e.m.f.
 
 
  N B . A  NBA cos   NBA cos t ...(1) induced in that case can be rewritten as e = e0 sin (t + )..

where  is angular velocity of the coil.

As the coil is rotated,  changes; therefore, magnetic flux  8. ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

linked with the coil changes and hence an e.m.f. is induced
8.1 Displacement Current
in the coil.
According to Ampere circuital law :
At the instant t, if e is the e.m.f. induced in the coil, then
the line integral of magnetic field around any closed path is
 d d equal to 0 times the total current threading the closed path,
e    NAB cos t 
dt dt  
d
i.e.,  B.d    I
0 ...(1)
  NAB  cos t    NAB   sin t   C
dt
Consider a parallel plate capacitor having plates P and Q
E = NAB  sin t ...(2) connected to a battery B, through a tapping key K. When
The induced e.m.f. will be maximum, when key K is pressed, the conduction current flows through the
connecting wires. The capacitor starts storing charge. As the
sin t = maximum = 1
charge on the capacitor grows, the conduction current in the
emax = e0 = NAB  × 1 ...(3)
wires decreases. When the capacitor is fully charged, the

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 132

conduction current stops flowing in the wires. During

charging of capacitor, there is no conduction current
between the plates of capacitor. During charging, let at an
instant, I be the conduction current in the wires. This current
will produce magnetic field around the wires which can be
detected by using a compass needle.
Let us find the magnetic field at point R which is at a
perpendicular distance r from connecting wire in a region
outside the parallel plate capacitor. For this we consider a Fig. 7.21
 
plane circular loop C1, of radius r, whose centre lies on wire  B.d = B 2r = 0 × 0 = 0 or B = 0
C
...(3)
and its plane is perpendicular to the direction of current
From (2) and (3), we note that there is a magnetic field at R
carrying wire (figure a). The magnitude of the magnetic
calculated through one way and no magnetic field at R,
field is same at all points on the loop and is acting
calculated through another way. Since this contradiction
tangentially along the circumference of the loop. If B is the
arises from the use of Ampere’s circuital law, hence
magnitude of magnetic field at R, then using Ampere’s
Ampere’s circuital law is logically inconsistent.
circuital law, for loop C1, we have
  If at the given instant of time, q is the charge on the plate of
 B.d    B d cos 0 = B 2 r = 0 I or
C1 C1
...(2)
capacitor and A is the plate area of capacitor, the
magnitude of the electric field between the plates of
q
capacitor is E 
0 A
This field is perpendicular to surface S. It has the same
magnitude over the area A of the capacitor plates and
becomes zero outside the capacitor. The electric flux
through surface S is,
  1 q q
 E  E .A  EA cos 0  A  ...(4)
0 A 0
Fig. 7.20
dq
Now, we consider a different surface, i.e., a tiffin box If is the rate of change of charge with time on the plate
dt
shaped surface without lid with its circular rim, which has
 
the same boundary as that of loop C1. The box does not of the capacitor, then d  E  d  q   1 dq
dt dt  0  0 dt
touch to the connecting wire and plate P of capacitor. The
dq d E
Or 0
flat circular bottom S of the tiffin box lies in between the dt dt
capacitor plates. Figure (b). No conduction current is dq
Here, = current through surface S corresponding to
passing through the tiffin box surface S, therefore I = 0. On dt
applying Ampere’s circuital law to loop C1 of this tiffin box changing electric field = ID, called Maxwell’s displacement
surface, we have current. Thus, displacement current is that current which
comes into play in the region in which the electric field and
the electric flux is changing with time.

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 133

dE conduction current across the capacitor gap, as no charge is

ID 0 ...(5)
dt transported across this gap.
Maxwell modified Ampere’s circuital law in order to make For loop C1, there is no electric flux, i.e., E = 0 and
the same logically consistent. He stated Ampere’s circuital
d E
0
law to the form, dt
   d E  dE
 B.d     I  I   
0 D 0  I   0 dt 
 
...(6) I  I D  I  0
dt
 I  0  0   I ...(7)

This is called Ampere Maxwell’s Law. For loop C2, there is no conduction current, i.e., I = 0
8.2 Continuity of Current dE
I + ID = 0 + ID = ID = 0 ...(8)
Maxwell’s modification of Ampere’s circuital law gives that dt
  d At the given instant if q is the magnitude of charge on the
   0  I  ID  where ID 0 E ,
B.d
dt
C plates of the capacitor of area A, then electric field E in the
called displacement current, I is the conduction current and gap between the two plates of this capacitor is given by
E is the electric flux across the loop C. q   q 
E  E   
The sum of the conduction current and displacement current 0 A  0 0 A 

(i.e., I + ID) has the important property of continuity along q q

Electric flux, E  EA  A
any closed path although individually they may not be 0 A 0

continuous. Thus from (8), we have

To prove it, consider a parallel plate capacitor having plates d dq
I + ID = 0  q / 0    I ...(9)
P and Q, being charged with battery B. During the time, dt dt

charging is taking place, let at an instant, I be the conduction From (7) and (9), we conclude that the sum (I + ID) has the

current flowing through the wires. Let C1 and C2 be the two same value on the left and right side of plate P of the

loops, which have exactly the same boundary as that of the parallel plate capacitor. Hence (I + ID) has the property of

plates of capacitor. C1 is little towards left and C2 is a little continuity although individually they may not be

towards right of the plate P of parallel plate capacitor, continuous.

figure. 8.3 Maxwell’s Equations

In the absence of any dielectric or magnetic material,
the four Maxwell’s equations are given below ?
 
  E.ds  q/  .This
S
0 equation is Gauss’s Law in

electrostatics.
The electric lines of force do not form continuous
closed path.
 
  B.ds  0 .
S
Fig. 7.22
This equation is Gauss’s Law in magnetostatics.
Due to battery B, let the conduction current I be flowing
The magnetic lines of force always form closed paths.
through the lead wires at any instant, but there is no

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 134

  d    1 
  E.d    dt  B.ds . This equation is Faraday’s law
v
1

c
 c  
s  0  r 0 r  r r   0 0 
of electromagnetic induction.
Maxwell also concluded that electromagnetic wave is
The line integral of electric field around any closed path
transverse in nature and light is electromagnetic wave.
(i.e., the emf) is equal to the time rate of change of
magnetic flux through the surface bounded by the 9. Velocity of Electromagnetic Waves
closed path.
  Consider a plane electromagnetic wave propagating along
d  
  B.d    0 I  0 0 dt s E .ds . This equation is positive direction of X–axis in space with speed c. Since in
electromagnetic wave, the electric and magnetic fields are
generalised form of Ampere’s law as Modified by
transverse to the direction of wave propagation, therefore,
Maxwell and is also known as Ampere-Maxwell law.
the electric and magnetic fields are in Y–Z plane. Let the
The electromagnetic waves are those wave in which

there are sinusoidal variation of electric and magnetic electric field B be acting along Y–axis and magnetic field
field vectors at right angles to each other as well as at along Z–axis.
right angles to the direction of wave propagation. At any instant, the electric and magnetic fields varying

1 sinusoidally with x and t can be represented by the

c ...(10)
 0 0 equations.

E = Ey = E0 sin  (t – x/c) ...(1)

B = Bz = B0 sin  (t – x/c) ...(2)

Here E0 and B0 are the amplitudes of electric and magnetic

fields along Y–axis and Z–axis respectively. Consider a
rectangular path PQRS in X–Y plane as shown in figure.

Fig. 7.23
where 0 and 0 are permeability and permittivity of the
free space respectively.
–7 –1 –1
We know, 0 = 4× 10 Wb A m ;
–2 2 –1 –2
0 = 8.85 × 10 C N m
8 –1
Putting these values in (10), we have c = 3.00 × 10 ms
where 0 are the absolute permeability and absolute Fig. 7.23

permittivity of the medium. We also know that  = 0r The line integral of E over the closed path PQRS will be
and  = 0r where 0, r are the relative permeability   Q
  R  S  P 
and relative permittivity of the medium.

PQRS
E .d   ,d   E ,d   E ,d   E ,d
P
E
Q R S

Therefore,
 0 E x2    0  E x1  

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 135

  x   x    U
  T
  Q
  P
 
 E 0   sin   t  2   sin   t  1  
  c   c 
...(3) 
PUTQ
B .d    B .d    B .d    B .d    B .d 
P U T Q

 B  x1    0  B  x 2    0
Magnetic flux linked with surface surrounded by rectangular
  x   x 
path PQRS will be  B 0  sin   t  1   sin   t  2   ... (6)
  c   c 
2 x 2 x
  x  The electric flux linked with the surface surrounded by
B   B x   dx   B0 sin  t   dx
x1 x1   c  rectangular path PUTQ is

B 0 c   x   x    x2
x2 x2
 x
 cos   t  2   cos   t  1   E   E.ds   E  x  dx  E0  sin  t   dx
   c   c 
x1 x1 x1  c

d  B B 0 c   x   x 
  sin   t  2    sin   t  1   c   x   x 
dt    c   c   E 0    cos   t  2   cos   t  1  
   c   c 

  x   x 
  B 0 c  sin   t  2   sin   t  1   ...(4) d E   x   x 
  c   c  Or   cE 0   sin   t  2   sin   t  1   .. (7)
dt   c   c 

Using Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction, we have

In space, there is no conduction current. According to
  d B  
 E .d    dt Ampere Maxwell law in space 
B.d    0 0
d E
PUTQ dt

Putting the values from (3) and (4), we get

Putting values from (6) and (7), we get
E 0 = cB0 ...(5) B 0   0 0 cE 0   0 0 c  cB 0 

Since E and B are in phase, we can write.

1
Or 1   0 0 c 2 or c  ... (8)
E = c B at any point in space.  0 0

Which is the speed of electromagnetic waves in vacuum.

–7 –1
For vacuum, 0 = 4 × 10 T mA

1
and  9  109 Nm 2 C 2
4  0

1
or 0  N 1 m 2 C 2
4   9  10 9

Putting the value in (8), we get

1
Fig. 7.24 c  3 108 m / s
410 1/  4 9 10
7 9

Consider a rectangular path PUTQ in the X–Z plane as
shown in figure. The line integral of over the closed path which is exactly the speed of light in vacuum.
PUTQ, we have This shows that light is an electromagnetic wave.

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 136

10. Electromagnetic Spectrum  The electromagnetic waves of frequency range 54

Mhz to 890 MHz are used in television waves.
After the experimental discovery of electromagnetic waves  The electromagnetic waves of frequency range 88
by Hertz, many other electromagntic waves were discovered MHz to 108 MHz from frequency modulated (FM)
by different ways of excitation. radio band. It is used for commercial FM radio.
The orderly distribution of electromagnetic radiations
 The electromagnetic waves of frequency range 300
according to their wavelength or frequency is called the
MHz to 3000 MHz form ultrahigh frequency
electromagnetic spectrum.
(UHF) band. It is used in cellular phones
The electromagnetic spectrum has much wider range with
communication.
–14 2
wavelength variation ~ 10 m to 6 × 10 m. The whole 10.1.2 Microwaves
electromagnetic spectrum has been classified into different Microwaves are the electromagnetic waves of frequency
parts and subparts in order of increasing wavelength, range 1 GHz to 300 GHz. They are produced by special
according to their type of excitation. There is overlapping in vacuum tubes. namely; klystrons, magnetrons and Gunn
certain parts of the spectrum, showing that the diodes etc.
corresponding radiations can be produced by two methods. Uses :
It may be noted that the physical properties of  Microwaves are used in Radar systems for air craft
electromagnetic waves are decided by their wavelengths and navigation.
 A radar using microwave can help in detecting the
not by the method of their excitation.
speed of tennis ball, cricket ball, automobile while in
A table given below shows the various parts of the motion.
electromagnetic spectrum with approximate wavelength  Microwave ovens are used for cooking purposes.
range, frequency range, their sources of production and  Microwaves are used for observing the movement of
trains on rails while sitting in microwave operated
detections.
control rooms.
10.1 Main Parts of Electromagnetic Spectrum
The electromagnetic spectrum has been broadly classified 10.1.3 Infrared waves

into following main parts; mentioned below in the order of Infrared waves were discovered by Herschell. These are the
11
increasing frequency. electromagnetic waves of frequency range 3 × 10 Hz to 4 ×
14
10.1.1 Radiowaves 10 Hz. Infrared waves sometimes are called as heat
Theses are the electromagnetic wave of frequency range waves. Infrared waves are produced by hot bodies and
5 9
from 5 × 10 Hz to 10 Hz. These waves are produced by molecules. These wave are not detected by human eye but
oscillating electric circuits having an inductor and capacitor. snake can detect them.
Uses: The various frequency ranges are used for different Uses : Infrared waves are used :
types of wireless communication systems as mentioned  in physical therapy, i.e., to treat muscular strain.
below  to provide electrical energy to satellite by using solar
 The electromagnetic waves of frequency range from cells
530 kHz to 1710 kHz form amplitude modulated  for producing dehydrated fruits
(AM) band. It is used in ground wave propagation.
 The electromagnetic waves of frequency range 1710  for taking photographs during the condition of fog,
kHz to 54 Mhz are used for short wave bands. It is smoke etc.
used in sky wave propagation.  in green houses to keep the plants warm

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 137

 in revealing the secret writings on the ancient walls 10.1.6 X–Rays

 in solar water heaters and cookers The X–rays were discovered by German Physicst W.
16 21
 in weather forecasting through infra red photography Roentgen. Their frequency range is 10 Hz to 3 × 10 Hz.

 in checking the purity of chemcials and in the study of These are produced when high energy electrons are stopped

molecular structure by taking infrared absorption suddenly on a metal of high atomic number. X–rays have

spectrum. high penetrating power.

10.1.4 Visible light Uses : X–rays are used :

It is the narrow region of electromagnetic spectrum, which  In surgery for the detection of fractures, foreign
is detected by the human eye. Its frequency is ranging from bodies like bullets, diseased organs and stones in the

4×10
14
Hz to 8×10
14
Hz. It is produced due to atomic human body.

excitation.  In Engineering (i) for detecting faults, cracks, flaws

The visible light emitted or reflected from objects around us and holes in final metal products (ii) for the testing of
provides the information about the world surrounding us. weldings, casting and moulds.
 In Radio therapy, to cure untracable skin diseases
10.1.5 Ultraviolet rays
The ultraviolet rays were discovered by Ritter in 1801. The and malignant growth.

14 16
 In detective departments, for detection of
frequency range of ultraviolet rays is 8 × 10 Hz to 5 × 10
explosives, opium, gold and silver in the body of
Hz. The ultraviolet rays are produced by sun, special lamps smugglers.

and very hot bodies. Most of the ultraviolet rays coming  In Industry (i) for the detection of pearls in oysters
and defects in rubber tyres, gold and tennis balls etc.
from sun are absorbed by the ozone layer in the earth’s
(ii) for testing the uniformity of insulating material.
atmosphere. The ultraviolet rays in large quantity produce  In Scientific Research for the investigation of
harmful effect on human eyes. structure of crystal, arrangement of atoms and
molecules in the complex substances.
Uses : Ultraviolet rays are used :
10.1.7  -Rays
 for checking the mineral samples through the property
–rays are the electromagnetic waves of frequency range 3
of ultraviolet rays causing flourescence. 18 22
× 10 Hz to 5 × 10 Hz. –rays have nuclear origin. These
 in the study of molecular structure and arrangement of rays are highly energetic and are produced by the nucleus
electrons in the external shell through ultraviolet of the radioactive substances.
absorption spectra. Uses : –rays are used :
 to destroy the bacteria and for sterilizing the surgical  in the treatment of cancer and tumours.
instruments.
 to preserve the food stuffs for a long time as the soft –
 in burglar alarm.
 in the detection of forged documents, finger prints in rays can kill microorganisms easily.

forensic laboratory.  to produce nuclear reactions.

 to preserve the food stuff.  to provide valuable information about the structure of
atomic nucleus.

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 138

11. Intensity of Electromagnetic Wave The energy of electromagnetic wave (U) crossing the area of
cross-section at P normally in time  t is the energy of wave
Intensity of electromagnetic wave at a point is defined as the contained in a cylinder of length c  t and area of cross-
section A. It is given by U = uav (c  t) A
energy crossing per second per unit area normally around
The intensity of electromagnetic wave at P is,
that point during the propagation of electromagnetic wave.
U u c t A
Consider the propagation of electromagnetic wave with I  av  u av c
A t A t
speed c along the X–axis. Take an imaginary cylinder of
In terms of maximum electric field,
area of cross-section A and length c  t, so that the wave 1
so, I  0 E 02 c 0 E rms
2
c
crosses the area A normally. Figure. Let uav be the average 2

energy density of electromagnetic wave. 1 B02

In terms of maximum magnetic field, u av  ,
2 0
1 B02 1 2
so I  c Brms c
2 0 0

Fig. 7.25

SCAN CODE
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
 139
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Alternating Current 7. A periodic voltage V varies with time t as shown in the

2
1. If i = t for 0 < t < T, then r.m.s. value of current is : figure . T is the time period. The rms value of the voltage is
V0
T2 T2 . Find k.
(a) (b) k
2 2

T2
(c) (d) none of these
5
2. The Sin U so ideal output current versus time curve of a
rectifier is shown in figure.

8. The effective value of current i = 2sin100t + 2sin(100t

+ 30°) is x y  z . Find (x  y  z) .
9. The voltage time (V-t) graph for triangular wave having
peak value V0 is as shown in the figure. The rms value of V

V0
in time interval from t=0 to T/4 is . Find n.
n

The average value of the output current in this case is

(a) I0/ (b) I0 2

(c) 2I0/ (d) I0/2

3. A generator produces a voltage that is given by V = 240
sin 120 t volt, where t is in second. The frequency and
10. One cycle of an alternating current is shown in the graph.
r.m.s. voltage are :
(a) 60 Hz. and 240 volt (b) 19 Hz and 120 volt 2
The rms value of the current from t=0 to t=T is i 0 . Find x.
x
(c) 19 Hz and 170 volt (d) 754 Hz and 170 volt
4. In general, in an alternating current circuit
(a) the average value of current is zero
(b) the average value of square of current is zero
(c) average power dissipation is zero
(d) the phase difference between voltage and curent is
zero.

5. If the rms value of current i  3  4sin  t   / 3 is x

2
ampere, then find x .
6. If the current in an AC circuit is given by
i  2 2 sin(t   / 4) then the average value of current

m
during time t = 0 to t = 1 s is ampere. Find m.

 140
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

Phase and Phasor

11. A coil of resistance 200 ohm and self inductance 1.0 henry
has been connected to an a.c. source of frequency 200/
Hz. The phase difference between voltage and current is
(a) 30° (b) 63°
(c) 45° (d) 75° AC circuits
12. In L-C-R series A.C. circuit, the phase angle between 16. A 60 volt–10 watt bulb is operated at 100 volt–60 Hz a.c.
current and voltage is The inductance required is
(a) Any angle between 0 and /2 (a) 2.56 H (b) 0.32 H
(b) /2 (c) 0.64 H (d) 1.28 H
(c)  17. The inductive reactance of a coil of 0.2 H inductance at a
(d) any angle between 0 and /2 frequency of 60 Hz is
13. For the LR circuit shown in figure, the phase angle if (a) 7.54  (b) 0.754 
–3
frequency is 100/ is (c) 75.4  (d) 7.54 × 10 
18. The angular frequency of a.c. at which a coil of inductance
1mH has a reactance of 1  is
3
(a) 10 (b) 10
–3
(c) 10 (d) 1
19. Which of the following curves, figure correctly represent
the variation of capacitative reactance (X C) with
(a) 30° (b) 60°
frequency (f) ?
(c) 45° (d) 90°
14. A 0.21 H inductor and a 12 resistance are connected in
series to a 220 V, 50 Hz ac source. The phase angle
between the current and the source voltage is ?

1  7  
(a) (b)
(a) tan  
 4 

1  7  
(b) cos  
 4 

1  4 
(c) tan  
 7 
(c) (d)

1  4 
(d) cos  
 7 
20. For high frequency, capacitor offers
15. In the given figure, if i1  3sin t and i 2  4 cos t ,
(a) more resistance (b) less resistance
then i3 is 5sin  t    , Find  .
(c) zero resistance (d) none of these
 141
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

21. The alternating current I in an inductance coil varies with (a) 300 V (b) 900 V
time according to graph given in figure (c) 200 V (d) 400 V
25. In the circuit shown in figure, if value of R = 60 , then the
current flowing through the condenser will be

Which one of the following graphs, gives the variation of

voltage with time ?

(a) 0.5 A (b) 0.25 A

(c) 0.75 A (d) 1.0 A
(a) (b) 26. In the series LCR circuit, the voltmeter and ammeter
readings are :

(c) (d)
(a) V = 100 V, I = 2 A (b) V = 100 V, I = 5 A
(c) V = 1000 V, I = 2 A (d) V = 300 V, I = 1 A
27. In the circuit shown in figure the r.m.s. value of e is 5 V and
22. How much current will flow in a circuit having resistance r.m.s. value of voltage drop across L is 3 V.
9
of 10  and an inductance of 0.5 H connected to an A.C.
supply of 100 V and 50 Hz in series ?
(a) 0.25 A (b) 0.52 A
(c) 0.75 A (d) 0.85 A
23. An alternating voltage
E = 200 sin (100 t) volt is connected to a 1  F capacitor The r.m.s. value of voltage across R will be
through an A.C. ammeter. The reading of ammeter is (a) 2 V (b) 3 V
(a) 10 mA (b) 20 mA (c) 4 V (d) 0 V
(c) 40 mA (d) none of these 28. The power factor of an a.c. circuit having resistance r and
inductance L connected in series to an a.c. source of
RLC Circuits, Power in AC circuit & Resonance in RLC circuits
angular frequency  is
24. In the circuit shown in figure, what will be the reading of (a) R/L (b) L/R
the voltmeter ?
(c) R / R 2  2 L2 (d) zero
 142
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

29. In an AC circuit, V and I are given by V = 100 sin (100t) V, 36. At resonance, in a series LCR circuit, which relation does
not hold ?
 
i = 100 sin 100t   mA. The power dissipated in circuit
 3 1 1
(a)   (b)  
is : LC LC
4
(a) 10 W (b) 10 W
1 1
(c) 2.5 W (d) 5 W (c) L  (d) C 
C L
30. A (100 W, 200 V) bulb is connected to a 160 V supply. The
power consumption would be 37. A series LCR circuit is tuned to resonance. The impedance
of the circuit now is
(a) 64 W (b) 80 W
1/ 2
(c) 100 W (d) 125 W  2  2
1  
(a)  R    L   
31. In an A.C. circuit, voltage applied is V = 220 sin 100 t. If  C  

the impedance is 110  and phase difference between
current and voltage is 60°, the power consumption is 1/ 2
2
equal to  2 2  1  
(b)  R     
 L 
(a) 55 W (b) 110 W   C  
(c) 220 W (d) 330 W
2 1/ 2
32. The average power dissipation in a pure capacitor in AC  2  1  
circuit is (c)  R    L  
  C  
1
(a) CV 2 (b) CV
2
(d) R
2
(c) 2 CV
2
(d) zero Displacement current & Properties of EM waves

33. In an a.c. circuit, V and I are given by 38. According to Maxwell’s hypothesis, a changing electric
V = 100 sin (100 t) volt field gives rise to
I = 100 sin (100 t + /3) mA. (a) an e.m.f.
The power dissipated in the circuit is (b) electric current
4
(a) 10 watt (b) 10 watt (c) magnetic field
(c) 2.5 watt (d) 5 watt (d) pressure radiant
34. In an ac circuit, with voltage V and current I the power 39. Maxwell’s modified form of Ampere’s circuital law is
dissipated is  
(a) 
 B.ds  0
(a) VI S

1  
(b)
2
VI (b)  B.d  0 I
1   1 dq
(c)
2
VI (c)  B.d   I  
0
0 dt

(d) depends on the phase angle between V and I.

  d E
35. In series LR circuit, XL = 3 R. Now a capacitor with XC = R (d)  B.d   I  
0 0 0
dt
is added in series. The ratio of new to old power factor is
40. The electromagnetic waves
(a) 2 (b) 1/ 2
(a) travel with the speed of sound
(c) 2 (d) 1 (b) travel with the same speed in all media
(c) travel in free space with the speed of light
(d) do not travel through a medium
 143
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

41. Which of the following is of shortest wavelength ?

(a) X–rays (b) –rays  0 0 
(a) (b)  0 0
(c) microwaves (d) radiovaves 

42. The correct sequence of the increasing wavelength of the

given radiation sources is   0 0
(c)  0 0 (d)
(a) radioactive sources, X-rays tube, crystal oscillator, 
sodium vapour lamp
47. The magnetic field in a travelling electromagnetic wave
(b) radioactive source, X-rays tube sodium vapour lamp, has a peak value of 20 nT. The peak value of electric field
crystal oscillator stength is
(c) X-ray tube, radioactive source, crystal oscillator, (a) 3V/m (b) 6V/m
sodium vapour lamp
(c) 9V/m (d) 12V/m
(d) X-rays tube, crystal oscillator, radioactive source,
sodium vapour lamp. 48. The wave equation for an electromagnetic wave is given
as  (x, t)  10 sin   3  10 x  9  10 t  The speed of
3 6 14
43. The electric field associated with an EM wave in vacuum

is given by E  40cos  kz  6 108 t  i respectively. The value the wave is y  107 m / s . Find y..
of wave number k  in m  is
1
49. An EM wave from air enters a medium. The electric
  
44. The oscillating electric and magnetic field vectors of z  
fields are E1 = E01 x cos 2 v  t  in air and E 2 = E 02
electromagnetic wave are oriented along   c 

(a) the same direction and in phase x cos k 2z  ct  in medium, where the wave number k and
(b) the same direction but have a phase difference of 90° frequency  refer to their values in air. The medium is
(c) mutually perpendicular direction and are in phase
non-magnetic. If ε r1 and ε r2 refer to relative permittivities
(d) mutually perpendicular directions but has a phase
difference of 90° of air and medium respectively, which of the following
45. Which of the following relation is correct options is correct ?

(a) 0 E 0  0 B0 (b) 0 0 E 0  B0  r1 1  r1 1
(a)  = 4 (b)  = 2
r2 r2
(c) E 0  0 0 B0 (d) 0 E 0  0 B0

46. If o amd 0 represent the permittivity and permeability of  r1  r1

(c)  =4 (d)  =2
vacuum and  and  represent the permittivity and r2 r2
permeability of medium, then refractive index of the medium
is given by 50. The electric field part of an electromagnetic wave in a
medium is represented by: E x  0

N  rad   2 rad  
E y  2.5 cos  2  106  t     10 x E  0
C  s   m   z

If the wave is moving along x-direction with frequency x

x
hertz and its wavelength is y metres, then find y .
 144
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

1. Find the peak current and resonant frequency of the 4. An LCR circuit contains resistance of 110 and a supply
following circuit (as shown in figure) of 220 V at 300rad / s angular frequency. If only
(2021) capacitance is removed from the circuit, current lags behind
the voltage by 45 . If on the other hand, only inductor is
removed the current leads by 45 with the applied voltage.
The rms current flowing in the circuit will be: (2021)
(a) 2.5 A (b) 1 A
(c) 1.5 A (d) 2 A
(a) 2 A and 100 Hz 5. An alternating current is given by the equa-
(b) 0.2 A and 50 Hz tion i  i1 sin t  i 2 cos t . The rms current will be :
(c) 0.2 A and 100 Hz (2021)
(d) 2 A and 50 Hz 1
1 1 2
2. In a series L C R resonance circuit, if we change the (a)
2
i2
1  i 22  2
(b)
2
 i1  i 2 
resistance only, from a lower to higher value: (2021)
1
(a) The quality factor will increase 1 2 2 1
(c) 
i1  i 2  2
(d)  i1  i2 
(b) The resonance frequency will increase 2 2
(c) The bandwidth of resonance circuit will increase 6. Match List-I with List-II
(d) The quality factor and the resonance frequency will List – I List – II
remain constant

3. The angular frequency of alternating current in a L-C-R (a) Phase difference between (i) current leads voltage
2
circuit is 100 rad/s. The components connected are shown
in the figure. Find the value of inductance of the coil and current and voltage in
capacity of condenser. (2021) a purely resistive AC circuit
(b) Phase difference between (ii) Zero
current and voltage in a pure
inductive AC circuit


(b) Phase difference between (iii) Current lags voltage
2
current and voltage in a pure
inductive AC circuit

1  X C  X L 
(b) Phase difference between (iv) tan  
 R 
(a) 0.8 H and 150F
current and voltage in a pure
(b) 0.8 H and 250F inductive AC circuit
(c) 1.33 H and 250F (2021)
(a) (a)–(i),(b)–(iii),(c)–(iv),(d)–(ii)
(d) 1.33 H and 150F
(b) (a)–(ii),(b)–(iv),(c)–(iii),(d)–(i)
(c) (a)–(ii),(b)–(iii),(c)–(iv),(d)–(i)
(d) (a)–(ii),(b)–(iii),(c)–(i),(d)–(iv)
 145
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

7. What happens to the inductive reactance and the current 17. A radiation is emitted by 1000 W bulb and it generates an
in a purely inductive circuit if the frequency is halved? electric field and magnetic field at P, placed at a distance
(2021) of 2 m. The efficiency of the bulb is 1.25 \%. The value of
(a) Both, inductive reactance and current will be halved
peak electric field at P is x 101 V / m . Value of x
(b) Inductive reactance will be halved and current will be
doubled. is_______. (Rounded-off to the nearest integer) (2021)
(c) Inductive reactance will be doubled and current will be [Take 0  8.85 1012 C2 N 1 m 2 , c  3  108 ms 1 ]
halved.
(d) Both, inducting reactance and current will be doubled 18. The electric field intensity produced by the radiation com-
ing from a 100 W bulb at a distance of 3 m is E. The electric
8. An AC source rated 220V, 50 Hz is connected to a resistor..
field intensity produced by the radiation coming from 60
The time taken by the current to change from its maximum
to the rms value is: (2021) x
W at the same distance is E. Where the value of
(a) 25 ms (b) 2.5 ms 5
(c) 0.25 ms (d) 2.5 s x=_______________. (2021)
2
9. In a series LCR circuit, the inductive reactance  X L  is 19. Seawater at a frequency f  9  10 Hz, has permittivity
  800 and resistivity   0.25m. Imagine a parallel
10 and the capacitive reactance  X C  is 4 . The
plate capacitor is immersed in seawater and is driven by
resistance R in the circuit is 6 . The power factor of the
an alternating voltage source V(t)  V0 sin(2ft). Then
circuit is : (2021)
1 the conduction current density becomes 10 x times the
1
(a) (b) 1
2 2 2
displacement current density after time t  s . The
1 800
3
(c) (d) value of x is_______- (2021)
2 2
10. A resonance circuit having inductance and resistance  1 
 Given :  9  109 Nm 2 C2 
 40 
2  104 H and 6.28 respectively oscillates at
10MHz frequency. The value of quality factor of this 20. For an electromagnetic wave travelling in free space, the
relation between average energy densities due to electric
resonator is_____________.    3.14 (2021)
11. A series LCR circuit is designed to resonate at an angular
 Ue  and magnetic  Um  fields is (2021)
(a) U e  U m (b) U e  U m
frequency 0  105 rad / s . The circuit draws 16 W power
from 120 V source at resonance. The value of resistance (c) U e  U m (d) U e  U m
‘ R ‘ in the circuit is.....  . (2021) 21. A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 500 MHz is
travelling in vacuum along y-direction. At a particular point
12. A transmitting station releases waves of wave- 
length 960 m . A capacitor of 2.56F is used in the reso- in space and time, B  8.0 108 zT.
ˆ The value of electric
nant circuit. The self-inductance of coil necessary for reso- field at this point is: (speed of light  3  108 ms1 )
nance is___________ 108 H . (2021) ˆ y,
x, ˆ zˆ are unit vectors along x, y and z direction. (2021)
13. In a series LCR resonant circuit, the quality factor is mea- (a) 2.6yVˆ /m (b) 2.6xV
ˆ /m
sured as 100 . If the inductance is increased by two fold
and resistance is decreased by two fold, then the quality (c) 24xVˆ /m (d) 24xV
ˆ /m
factor after this change will be ( Take 2  1.414 ) 22. A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 100 MHz is
travelling in vacuum along the x- direction. At a particular
(2021) 
14. A sinusoidal voltage of peak value 250 V is applied to a ˆ (where, k̂ is unit
point in space and time, B  2.0  108 kT.

series LCR circuit, in which R  8, L  24mH vector along z-direction) What is E at this point?
and C  60F . The value of power dissipated at resonant (speed of light c  3  108 m / s ) (2021)
condition is ‘ x ‘ kW. The value of x to the nearest integer
is____________. (2021) ˆ /m
(a) 0.6kV ˆ /m
(b) 0.6jV
15. An electromagnetic wave of frequency5 GHz, is travelling ˆ /m
(c) 6.0jV ˆ /m
(d) 6.0kV
in a medium whose relative electric permittivity and rela-
tive magnetic permeability both are 2. Its velocity in this 23. A plane electromagnetic wave propagating along y-direc-
medium is (2021) 
tion can have the following pair of electric field (E) and
16. An electromagnetic wave of frequency 3 GHz enters a

dielectric medium of relative electric permittivity 2.25 from magnetic field (B) components. (2021)
vacuum. The wavelength of this wave in that medium will
(a) E y , B y or E z , Bz (b) E x , B y or E y , B x
be _____102 cm . (2021)
(c) E y , B x or E x , B y (d) E x , Bz or E z , Bx
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 146

24. Given below are ma statements: 30. A series LCR circuit has L = 0.01 H, R = 10 Ω and
Statement-I: The reactance of an ac circuit is zero. It C = 1 μ F and it is connected to ac voltage of
is possible that the circuit contains a capacitor and an amplitude (Vm) 50 V. At frequency 60% lower than
inductor. resonant frequency, the amplitude of current will be
Statement-II: Iv ac circuit. the average power approximately : (JEE Main 2022)
delivered by the source never becomes zero. (a) 466 mA (b) 312 mA
In the light of the above statements. choose the correct (c) 238 mA (d) 196 mA
answer from the options given below 31. The equation of current in a purely inductive circuit is
(JEE Main 2022) 5sin (49πt − 30°) If the inductance is 30 mH then the
(a) Both Statement I and Statement II are true equation for the voltage across the inductor, will be :
(b) Both Statement I and Statement II are false (JEE Main 2022)
(c) Statement I is true but Statement II is false (a) 1.47sin (49π t − 30°)
(d) Statement I is false but Statement II is true (b) 1.47sin (49π + 60°)
25. If wattless current flows in the AC circuit, then the (c) 23.1sin (49π t − 30°)
circuit is : (JEE Main 2022) (d) 23.1sin (49π t + 60°)
(a) Purely Resistive circuit 32. An alternating emf E = 440 sin 100t is applied to a
(b) Purely Inductive circuit 2
(c) LCR series circuit circuit containing an inductance of H . If an a.c.

(d) RC series circuit only
ammeter is connected in the circuit, its reading will be
26. A sinusoidal voltage V  t   210sin3000t volt is (JEE Main 2022)
applied to a series LCR circuit in which L = 10 mH, C (a) 4.4 A (b) 1.55 A
(c) 2.2 A (d) 3.11 A
= 25F and R = 100. The phase difference  
33. A coil of inductance 1 H and resistance 100Ω is
between the applied voltage and resultant current will connected to a battery of 6 V. Determine
be : (JEE Main 2022) approximately: (JEE Main 2022)
(a) tan 1  9.46  (b) tan 1  0.17  (a) The time elapsed before the current acquires half of
its steady – state value
(c) tan 1  0.30 (d) tan 1 13.33
(b) The energy stored in the magnetic field associated
27. If L.C and R are the self inductance, capacitance and with the coil at an instant 15 ms after the circuit is
resistance respectively. Which of the following does switched on. (Given In2 = 0.693, e-3/2 = 0.25)
not have the dimension of time? (JEE Main 2022) (a) t = 10 ms; U = 2 mJ
(a) RC (b) L/R (b) t = 10 ms; U = 1 mJ
(c) LC (d) L/C (c) t = 7 ms; U = 1 mJ
28. In a series LR circuit XL = R and power factor of the (d) t = 7 ms; U = 2 mJ
circuit is P1. When capacitor with capacitance C such 34. To increase the resonant frequency in series LCR
that XL = XC is put in series, the power factor becomes circuit, (JEE Main 2022)
P (a) Source frequency should be increased
P2. The ratio 1 is (JEE Main 2022) (b) Another resistance should be added in series with
P2
the first resistance
(a) 1/2 (b) 1/ 2 (c) Another capacitor should be added in series with
(c) 3 / 2 (d) 2 : 1 the first capacitor
29. A direct current of 4A and an alternating current of (d) The source frequency should be decreased
peak value 4A flow through resistance of 3Ω and 2Ω 35. The rms value of conduction current in a parallel plate
capacitor is 6.9 A. The capacity of this capacitor, if it
respectively. The ratio of heat produced in the two
is connected to 230 V ac supply with an angular
resistances in same interval of time will be: frequency of 600 rad/s, will be : (JEE Main 2022)
(JEE Main 2022) (a) 5 pF (b) 50 pF
(a) 3 : 2 (b) 3 : 1 (c) 100 pF (d) 200 pF

(c) 3 : 4 (d) 4 : 3
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 147

36. When you walk through a metal detector carrying a (JEE Main 2022)
metal object in your pocket, it raises an alarm. This 42. A 110 V, 50 Hz, AC source is connected in the circuit
phenomenon works on (JEE Main 2022) (as shown in figure). The current through the
(a) Electromagnetic induction resistance 55, at resonance in the circuit, will be
(b) Resonance in ac circuits ______ A. (JEE Main 2022)
(c) Mutual induction in ac circuits
(d) interference of electromagnetic waves Official
37. As shown in the figure an inductor of inductance 200
mH is connected to an AC source of emf 220 V and
frequency 50 Hz. The instantaneous voltage of the
a
source is 0V when the peak value of current is A.

The value of a is ___________ (JEE Main 2022) 43. In the given circuit, the magnitude of VL and VC are
twice that of VR. Given that f = 50Hz, the inductance
1
of the coil is mH . The value of K is ______.
K
(JEE Main 2022)
38. The current in a coil of self inductance 2.0 H is
 
increasing according to I  2 sin t 2 A. The amount of
energy spent during the period when current changes
from 0 to 2A is _____ J. (JEE Main 2022)
39. In a series LCR circuit, the inductance, capacitance
and resistance are L = 300 mH, C = 100 F and R = 44. An AC source is connected to an inductance of 100
10 respectively. They are connected to an AC source mH. a capacitance of 100 F and a resistance of 120
of voltage 220V and frequency of 50 Hz. The  as shown in figure. The time in which the resistance
approximate value of current in the circuit will be having a thermal capacity 2J/°C will get heated by
_____ A. (JEE Main 2022) 16°C is ______ s. (JEE Main 2022)

45. A telegraph line of length 100 km has a capacity of

40. A 220 V, 50 Hz AC source is connected to a 25 V, 5 0.01 F/km and it carries an alternating current at
W lamp and an additional resistance R in series (as 0.5kilo cycle per second. If minimum impedance is
shown in figure) to run the lamp at its peak brightness, required, then the value of the inductance that needs to
then the value of R (in ohm) will be ________ be introduced in series is ________ mH.
(JEE Main 2022) (JEE Main 2022)
46. An inductor of 0.5 mH, a capacitor of 200 F and a
resistor of 2 are connected in series with a 220V ac
source. If the current is in phase with the emf, the
frequency of ac source will be ___ × 102 Hz
(JEE Main 2022)
47. To light, a 50 W, 100 V lamp is connected, in series
41. A 10, 20 mH coil carrying constant current is 50
with a capacitor of capacitance  F , with 200 V,
connected to a battery of 20V through a switch. Now  x
after switch is opened current becomes zero in 100 s. 50Hz AC source. The value of x will be ____.
The average e.m.f. induced in the coil is _____ V. (JEE Main 2022)
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 148

48. The frequencies at which the current amplitude in an 54. Identify the correct statements from the following
1 descriptions of various properties of electromagnetic
LCR series circuit becomes times its maximum
2 waves.
value, are 212 rad s–1 and 232 rad s–1. The value of A. In a plane electromagnetic wave electric field and
resistance in the circuit is R = 5Ω . The self inductance magnetic field must be perpendicular to each other
in the circuit is ________ mH. (JEE Main 2022) and direction of propagation of wave should be
49. For the given circuit the current through battery of 6 V along electric field or magnetic field.
just after closing the switch ‘S’ will be ….…… A. B. The energy in electromagnetic wave is divided
(JEE Main 2022) equally between electric and magnetic fields.
C. Both electric field and magnetic field are parallel to
each other and perpendicular to the direction of
propagation of wave.
D. The electric field, magnetic field and direction of
propagation of wave must be perpendicular to each
other.
E. The ratio of amplitude of magnetic field to the
50. A capacitor of capacitance 500 μF is charged amplitude of electric field is equal to speed of light.
completely using a dc supply of 100 V. It is now Choose the most appropriate answer from the options
connected to an inductor of inductance 50 mH to form given below: (JEE Main 2022)
an LC circuit. The maximum current in LC circuit will (a) D only (b) B and D only
be ______ A. (JEE Main 2022) (c) B, C and E only (d) A, B and E only
51. The magnetic field of a plane electromagnetic wave is 55. Sun light falls normally on a surface of area 36 cm2
given by and exerts an average force of 7.2×10–9 N within a


B  2  108 sin 0.5  103 x  1.5 1011 t ˆjT time period of 20 minutes. Considering a case of
complete absorption, the energy flux of incident light
The amplitude of the electric field would be is (JEE Main 2022)
(JEE Main 2022) (a) 25.92 × 102 W/cm2
(a) 6Vm 1 along x-axis (b) 8.64 × 10–6 W/cm2
(b) 3Vm 1 along z-axis (c) 6.0 W/cm2
(d) 0.06 W/cm2
(c) 6Vm 1 along z-axis
56. Match List – I with list – II
(d) 2 × 10–8 Vm–1 along z-axis
List – I List – II
52. The oscillating magnetic field in a plane
electromagnetic wave is given by (a) UV rays (i) Diagnostic tool in medicine
(b) X-rays (ii) Water purification
 
By  5  10 6 sin1000 5 x  4  108 t T . The
(c) Microwave (iii) Communication, Radar
amplitude of electric field will be : (d) Infrared wave (iv) Improving visibility in foggy
(JEE Main 2022) days
(a) 15 × 102 Vm–1 (b) 5 × 10–6 Vm–1 Choose the correct answer from the options given
12 –1
(c) 16 × 10 Vm (d) 4 × 102 Vm–1 below: (JEE Main 2022)
53. A beam of light travelling along X-axis is described by (a) a→(iii); (b)→(ii); (c)→(i); (d)→(iv)
(b) a→(ii); (b)→(i); (c)→(iii); (d)→(iv)
the electric field Ey = 900 sin(t–x/c). The ratio of
(c) a→(ii); (b)→(iv); (c)→(iii); (d)→(i)
electric force to magnetic force on a charge q moving (d) a→(iii); (b)→(i); (c)→(ii); (d)→(iv)
along Y-axis with a speed of 3 × 107 ms–1 will be : 57. Light wave traveling in air along x-direction is given
(JEE Main 2022) by E y  540 sin   10 4  x  ct  Vm 1. Then, the peak
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 10 value of magnetic field of wave will be
(JEE Main 2022)
(c) 10 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
(a) 18 × 10–7 T (b) 54 × 10–7 T
–8
(c) 54 × 10 T (d) 18 × 10–8 T
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 149

58. A plane electromagnetic wave travels in a medium of (b) (a)→(iii); (b)→(i); (c)→(ii); (d)→(iv)
relative permeability 1.61 and relative permittivity (c) (a)→(iv); (b)→(iii); (c)→(ii); (d)→(i)
6.44. If magnitude of magnetic intensity is 4.5 × 10–2 (d) (a)→(iii); (b)→(iv); (c)→(i); (d)→(ii)
Am–1 at a point, what will be the approximate 64. In free space, an electromagnetic wave of 3 GHz
magnitude of electric field intensity at that point ? frequency strikes over the edge of an object of size
(Given : Permeability of free space 
7 2
, where  is the wavelength of the wave space.
0  4 10 NA , speed of light in vacuum c = 3 × 100
108 ms–1) (JEE Main 2022) The phenomenon, which happens there will be:
(a) 16.96 Vm–1 (JEE Main 2022)
(b) 2.25 × 10–2 Vm–1 (a) Reflection (b) Refraction
(c) 8.48 Vm–1 (c) Diffraction (d) Scattering
(d) 6.75 × 106 Vm–1 65. Which is the correct ascending order of wavelengths?
59. An electric bulb is rated as 200W. What will be the (JEE Main 2022)
peak magnetic field at 4 m distance produced by the (a) visible < x-ray < gamma ray < microwave
radiations coming from this bulb? Consider this bulb (b)  gamma ray < x-ray <  visible < microwave
as a point source with 3.5% efficiency (c)  x-ray < gamma ray <  visible < microwave
(JEE Main 2022) (d)  microwave <  visible <  gamma ray <  x-ray
–8
(a) 1.19 × 10 T (b) 1.71 × 10–8 T 66. For a specific wavelength 670 nm of light coming
–8
(c) 0.84 × 10 T (d) 3.36 × 10–8 T from a galaxy moving with velocity v, the observed
60. The electric field in an electromagnetic wave is given wavelength is 670.7 nm. The value of v is:
 x (JEE Main 2022)
by E  56.5sin   t   NC 1 . Find the intensity of
 c  (a) 3 × 108 ms–1 (b) 3 × 1010 ms–1
5 –1
the wave if it is propagating along x-axis in the free (c) 3.13 × 10 ms (d) 4.48 × 105 ms–1
space. (JEE Main 2022) 67. An EM wave propagating in x-direction has a
(a) 5.65 Wm –2
(b) 4.24 Wm–2 wavelength of 8 mm. The electric field vibrating y-
–7
(c) 1.9 × 10 Wm –2
(d) 56.5 Wm–2 direction has maximum magnitude of 60 Vm–1 Choose
61. The difference of speed of light in the two media A the correct equations for electric and magnetic fields if
and B  vA  vB  is 2.6 × 107 m/s. If the refractive the EM wave is propagating in vacuum:
(JEE Main 2022)
index of medium B is 1.47, then the ratio of refractive
 
index of medium B to medium A is : (Given: speed of
4
 

E y  60 sin   103 x  3  108 t  ˆjVm 1 B z
light in vacuum c = 3 × 108 ms–1) (JEE Main 2022) (a)
  
(a) 1.303
(c) 1.13
(b) 1.318
(d) 0.12 4

` 2sin   103 x  3  108 t  kˆ T


62. The electromagnetic waves travel in a medium at a  
speed of 2.0 × 108 m/s. The relative permeability of the 4

E y  60 sin   103 x  3  108 t 

 ˆjVm 1 B z

medium is 1.0. The relative permittivity of the medium (b)


will be (JEE Main 2022)
4

 2  10 7 sin   103 x  3  108 t  kˆ T
(a) 2.25 (b) 4.25
 
(c) 6.25 (d) 8.25
4
 

E y  60 sin   103 x  3  108 t  ˆjVm 1 Bz
63. Match List – I with List – II (c)
List – I List – II  ˆ
(a) Ultraviolet rays (i) Study crystal structure 4

 60 sin   103 x  3  108 t  kT


(b) Microwaves (ii) Greenhouse effect  
(c) Infrared waves (iii) Sterilizing surgical 4

E y  2  107 sin   103 x  4  108 t  ˆjVm 1 Bz


(d)
instrument  ˆ
(d) X-rays (iv) Radar system 4

 60 sin   10 4 x  4  108 t  kT


Choose the correct answer from the options given
below: (JEE Main 2022)
(a) (a)→(iii); (b)→(iv); (c)→(ii); (d)→(i)
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 150

68. A radar sends an electromagnetic signal of electric 73. For the given figures, choose the correct options:
field  E0   2.25V / m and magnetic field

 B0   1.5 108 T which strikes a target on line of

sight at a distance of 3 km in a medium. After that, a
part of signal (echo) reflects back towards the radar
with same velocity and by same path. If the signal was
transmitted at time t = 0 from radar, then after how (JEE Main 2023)
much time echo will reach to the radar? (a) The rms current in circuit (b) can never be larger
(JEE Main 2022) than that in (a)
(a) 2.0 × 10–5 s (b) 4.0 × 10–5 s (b) The rms current in figure (a) is always equal to
–5
(c) 1.0 × 10 s (d) 8.0 × 10–5 s that in figure (b)
69. Match List I with List II (c) The rms current in circuit (b) can be larger than
List I List II that in (a)
A. Television signal I. 03 KHz (a) At resonance, current in (b) is less than that in (a)
B. Radio signal II. 20 KHz 74. In a series LR circuit with X L  R power factor is P1 .
C. High Quality Music III. 02 MHz If a capacitor of capacitance C with X C  X L is
D. Human speech IV 06 MHz added to the circuit the power factor becomes P2 . The
Choose the correct answer from the options given ratio of P1 to P2 will be: (JEE Main 2023)
below: (JEE Main 2022)
(a) A  I,B  II,C  III,D  IV (a) 1 : 3 (b) 1: 2
(b) A  IV,B  III,C  I,D  II (c) 1:1 (d) 1 : 2
(c) A  IV,B  III,C  II,D  I 75. In the given circuit, rms value of current (Irms) through
(d) A  I,B  II,C  IV,D  III the resistor R is : (JEE Main 2023)

70. The displacement current of 4.425 A is developed in

the space between the plates of parallel plate capacitor
when voltage is changing at a rate of 106 Vs–1. The
area of each plate of the capacitor is 40 cm2. The
distance between each plate of the capacitor is x 103
m. The value of x is, (Permittivity of free space,
E0  8.85 1012 C 2 N 1m2 ) ____ (JEE Main 2022)
(a) 2A (b) ½ A
71. Nearly 10% of the power of a 110 W light bulb is
(c) 20 A (d) 2 2A
converted to visible radiation. The change in average 76. If R, X L and X C represent resistance, inductive
intensities of visible radiation, at a distance of 1 m
reactance and capacitive reactance. Then which of the
from the bulb to a distance of 5 m is a × 10-2 W/m2.
following is dimensionless: (JEE Main 2023)
The value of 'a' will be (JEE Main 2022)
R
72. In an LC oscillator, if values of inductance and (a) RX L X C (b)
X L XC
capacitance become twice and eight times,
R XL
respectively, then the resonant frequency of oscillator (c) (d) R
X L XC XC
becomes x times its initial resonant frequency 0 . The
77. An alternating voltage source V  260sin  628t  is
value of x is: (JEE Main 2023)
1 connected across a pure inductor of 5mH. Inductive
(a) (b) 16
4 reactance in the circuit is (JEE Main 2023)
1 (a) 0.318 (b) 6.28
(c) (d) 4
16 (c) 0.5 (d) 3.14
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 151

78. Match the List I with List II {Where XC = reactance of pure capacitive circuit
List I List II connected with A.C. source
A. AC generator I. Presence of both L XL = reactance of pure inductive circuit connected
and C with A.C. source
B. Transformer II. Electromagnetic R = impedance of pure resistive circuit connected with
induction A.C. source.
C. Resonance III. Quality factor Z = Impedance of the LCR series circuit}
phenomenon (JEE Main 2023)
to occur (a) A = XL, B = Z (b) A = XC, B = R
D. Sharpness of IV. Mutual inductance (c) A = XL, B = R (d) A = XC, B = XL
resonance 82. Give below are two statements:
Choose the correct answer from the options given Statement I: When the frequency of an a.c. source in
below: (JEE Main 2023) a series LCR circuit increases, the current in the circuit
(a) A  IV ; B  II ; C  I ; D  III first increases, attains a maximum value and then
decreases.
(b) A  II ; B  I ; C  III ; D  IV
Statement II: In a series LCR circuit, the value of
(c) A  II ; B  IV ; C  I ; D  III
power factor at resonance is one.
(d) A  IV ; B  III ; C  I ; D  II In the light of given statements, choose the most
79. A capacitor of capacitance 150.0 μF is connected to an appropriate answer from the options given below.
alternating source of emf given by E = 36 sin (120πt) (JEE Main 2023)
V. The maximum value of current in the circuit is (a) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
approximately equal to: (JEE Main 2023) (b) Statement I is correct but Statement II is false.
1 (c) Statement I is incorrect but Statement II is true.
(a) A (b) 2A
2 (d) Both Statement I and Statement II are False.
83. Given below are two statements:
(c) 2A (d) 2 2A
Statement I: An AC circuit undergoes electrical
80. Given below are two statements:
resonance if it contains either a capacitor or an
Statement I: Maximum power is dissipated in a
inductor.
circuit containing an inductor, a capacitor and a
Statement II: An AC circuit containing a pure
resistor connected in series with an AC source, when
capacitor or a pure inductor consumes high power due
resonance occurs
to its non-zero power factor.
Statement II: Maximum power is dissipated in a
In the light of above statements, choose the correct
circuit containing pure resistor due to zero phase
answer from the options given below:
difference between current and voltage.
(JEE Main 2023)
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct
(a) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
answer from the options given below:
(b) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
(JEE Main 2023)
(c) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
(a) Both Statement I and Statement II are false
(d) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
(b) Both Statement I and Statement II are true
84. In the circuit shown in the figure, the ratio of the
(c) Statement I is false but Statement II is true
quality factor and the band width is ______ s.
(d) Statement I is true but Statement II is false
81.

(JEE Main 2023)

As per the given graph, choose the correct
representation for curve A and curve B.
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 152

85. Three identical resistors with resistance R = 12Ω and 91. A series LCR circuit is connected to an ac source of
two identical inductors with sell inductance L=5 mH 220V, 50 Hz. The circuit contain a resistance
are connected to an ideal battery with emf of 12 V as R  100 and an inductor of inductive reactance
shown in figure. The current through the battery long X L  79.6 . The capacitance of the capacitor needed
after the switch has been closed will be _____ A. to maximize the average rate at which energy is
supplied will be ______  F . (JEE Main 2023)
92. A series combination of resistor of resistance 100Ω,
inductor of inductance 1H and capacitor of capacitance
6.25 μF is connected to an ac source. The quality
factor of the circuit will be __________
(JEE Main 2023)
93. A coil has an inductance of 2H and resistance of 4Ω. A
10 V is applied across the coil. The energy stored in
(JEE Main 2023) the magnetic field after the current has built up to its
86. An LCR series circuit of capacitance 62.5 nF and equilibrium value will be _________ × 10–2J.
resistance of 50 is connected to an A.C. source of (JEE Main 2023)
frequency 2.0 kHz. For maximum value of amplitude 94. In the given figure, an inductor and a resistor are
of current in circuit, the value of inductance is ____ connected in series with a battery of emf E volt.

mH. (take  2  10 ) (JEE Main 2023) Ea

J / s represents the maximum rate at which the
87. A series LCR circuit is connected to an AC source of 2b
220 V, 50 Hz. The circuit contains a resistance energy is stored in the magnetic field (inductor). The
R  80 , an inductor of inductive reactance b
numerical value of will be ________
X L  70 and a capacitor of capacitive reactance a

x
X C  130 . The power factor of circuit is . The
10
value of x is: (JEE Main 2023)
88. An inductor of inductance 2 H is connected in series

with a resistance, a variable capacitor and an AC (JEE Main 2023)

 
source of frequency 7kHz. The value of capacitance 95. If E and K represent electric field and propagation
vectors of the EM waves in vacuum, then magnetic
for which maximum current is drawn into the circuit is
field vector is given by : (ω - angular frequency):
1 (JEE Main 2023)
F , where the value of x is (Take π = 22/7)
x 1    
(JEE Main 2023)
(a)

KE  
(b)  E  K 
   
89. An inductor of 0.5 mH, a capacitor of 20 F and 
(c)  K  E  (d) K  E

resistance of 20 are connected in series with a 96. The electric field and magnetic field components of an

220Vac source. If the current is in phase with the emf, electromagnetic wave going through vacuum is
described by
the amplitude of current of the circuit is x A . The
Ex = E0 sin (kz – ωt)
value of x is – (JEE Main 2023)
By = B0 sin (kz – ωt)
90. A series LCR circuit consists of R  80, X L  100 ,
Then the correct relation between E0 and B0 is given
and X c  40 . The input voltage is 2500
by (JEE Main 2023)
cos 100 t V . The amplitude of current, in the circuit, (a) kE0 = ω B0 (b) E0B0 = ω k

is ____ A. (JEE Main 2023) (c) ω E0 = kB0 (d) E0 = kB0

ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 153

97. All electromagnetic wave is transporting energy in the 101. The ratio of average electric energy density and total
negative z direction. At a certain point and certain time average energy density of electromagnetic wave is:
the direction of electric field of the wave is along (JEE Main 2023)
positive y direction. What will be the direction of the (a) 2 (b) 1
magnetic field of the wave at that point and instant? (c) 3 (d) 1/2
(JEE Main 2023) 102. For the plane electromagnetic wave given by E = E0
(a) Positive direction of x sin (ωt - kx) and B = B0 sin (ωt - kx), the ratio of
(b) Positive direction of z average electric energy density to average magnetic
(c) Negative direction of x energy density is (JEE Main 2023)
(d) Negative direction of y (a) 1 (b) 4
98. Given below are two statements: (c) ½ (d) 2

Statement I : Electromagnetic waves are not deflected 103. The energy density associated with electric field E
by electric and magnetic field. 
and magnetic field B of an electromagnetic wave in
Statement II : The amplitude of electric field and the
free space is given by (∈0 – permittivity of free space,
magnetic field in electromagnetic waves are related to
μ0 – permeability of free space) (JEE Main 2023)
0
each other as E0  B 0 E 2  B2
0 0 (a) U E  , UB  0
2 2
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct
0 E 2 B2
answer from the options given below: (b) U E  , UB 
2 2 0
(JEE Main 2023)
(a) Statement I is true but statement II is false E2  B2
(c) U E  , UB  0
(b) Both Statement I and Statement II are true 2 0 2
(c) Statement I is false but statement II is true
(d) Both Statement I and Statement II are false E2 B2
(d) U E  , UB 
99. If a source of electromagnetic radiation having power 2 0 20
15kW produces 1016 photons per second, the radiation
belongs to a part of spectrum is. 104. The energy of an electromagnetic wave contained in a
small volume oscillates with (JEE Main 2023)
(Take Planck constant h  6  1034 Js )
(a) double the frequency of the wave
(JEE Main 2023)
(b) half the frequency of the wave
(a) Micro waves (b) Ultraviolet rays
(c) zero frequency
(c) Gamma rays (d) Radio waves
(d) the frequency of the wave
100. Match the List I with List II:
105. The amplitude of magnetic field in an electromagnetic
List I List II
wave propagating along y-axis is 6.0×10–7T. The
A. Mictrowaves I. Radio active decay of the
maximum value of electric field in the electromagnetic
nucleus
wave is (JEE Main 2023)
B. Gamma rays II. Rapid acceleration and
(a) 6.0×10–7 Vm–1 (b) 5×1014 Vm–1
deceleration of –1
(c) 180 Vm (d) 2×1015 Vm–1
electron in aerials
106. The electric field in an electromagnetic wave is given
C. Radio waves III. Inner shell electrons   x 
D. X rays IV Klystron value as E  20sin   t   jNC 1
 c
Choose the correct answer from the options given
below: (JEE Main 2023) where ω and c are angular frequency and velocity of
electromagnetic wave respectively. The energy
(a) A  I ; B  II ; C  III ; D  IV
contained in a volume of 5×10–4 m3 will be
(b) A  IV ; B  I ; C  II ; D  III
(Given ε0 = 8.85 × 10–12 C2/Nm2) (JEE Main 2023)
(c) A  I ; B  III ; C  IV ; D  II (a) 8.85 × 10–13 J (b) 28.85 × 10–13 J
(d) A  IV ; B  III ; C  II ; D  I –13
(c) 17.7 × 10 J (d) 88.5 × 10–13 J
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 154

107. A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 20 MHz 111. In an electromagnetic wave, at an instant and at a
propagates in free space along x-direction. At a particular position, the electric field is along the
 
particular space and time, E  6.6 ˆj V / m . What is B negative z-axis and magnetic field is along the positive
x-axis. Then the direction of propagation of
at this point? (JEE Main 2023)
electromagnetic wave is: (JEE Main 2023)
8 ˆ
(a) 2.2 10 iT ˆ
(b) 2.2  10 8 kT (a) positive y-axis
ˆ
(c) 2.2  10 8 kT (d) 2.2  108 iT
ˆ (b) at 45° angle from positive y-axis
108. Given below are two statements: one is labelled as (c) negative y-axis
Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R (d) positive z-axis
Assertion A: EM waves used for optical 112. In a medium the speed of light wave decreases to 0.2
communication have longer wavelengths than that of times to its speed in free space The ratio of relative
microwave, employed in Radar technology. permittivity to the refractive index of the medium is x :
Reason R: Infrared EM waves are more energetic than 1. The value of x is
microwaves, (used in Radar) (Given speed of light in free space  3  108 ms 1 and
In the light of given statements, choose the correct for the given medium r  1 ) (JEE Main 2023)
answer from the options given below.
113. The displacement equations of two interfering waves
(JEE Main 2023)
(a) A is true but R is false  
are given by y1  10sin  t   cm ,
(b) A is false but R is true  3
(c) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct y2  5 sin  t  3 cos t  cm , respectively.
explanation of A
(d) Both A and R are true and is the correct The amplitude of the resultant wave is _____cm.
explanation of A (JEE Main 2023)
109. Match List I with List II of Electromagnetic waves
with corresponding wavelength range:
List I List II
A. Microwave I. 499 nm to 1nm
B. Ultraviolet II. 1 nm to 10 3 nm
C. X-Ray III. 1 mm to 70 nm
D. Infra-red IV. 0.1m to 1 mm
Choose the correct answer from the options given
below: (JEE Main 2023)
(a) (A)-(IV), (B)-(I), (C)-(II), (D)-(III)
(b) (A)-(IV), (B)-(II), (C)-(I), (D)-(III)
(c) (A)-(I), (B)-(IV), (C)-(II), (D)-(III)
(d) (A)-(IV), (B)-(I), (C)-(III), (D)-(II)
110. Which of the following Maxwell's equation is valid for
time varying conditions but not valid for static
conditions: (JEE Main 2023)
    

(a) E.dl   B
t 
(b) E.dl  0
   

(c) B.dl  o I 
(d) D.dA  Q
 155
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

EXERCISE - 3: ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Single Answer Type Questions 5. In a series LCR circuit the voltage across the resistance,
1. A resistance of 20  is connected to a source of an capacitance and inductance is 10 V each. If the capacitance
alternating potential V = 220 sin (100 t). The time taken is short circuited, the voltage across the inductance will
by the current to change from the peak value to rms value, be
is
(a) 10 2 V
(a) 0.2 s (b) 0.25 s
–3 –3
(c) 2.5 × 10 s (d) 2.5 × 10 s (b) 10 V
2. A direct current of 5 A a superimposed on an alternating (c) (10/3) V
current I = 10 sin t flowing through a wire. The effective (d) 20 V
value of the resulting current will be
Multiple Answer Questions (more than one correct)
(a) (15/2) A (b) 5 3 A
6. A coil of inductance 1H and resistance 10is connected
(c) 5 5 A (d) 15 A to a battery of emf 50 V (negligible internal resistance) at
t = 0. The ratio of the rate at which magnetic energy is
3. Determine the rms value of a semi-circular current wave stared in the coil to the rate at which energy is supplied by
which has a maximum value of a. the battery :
(a) At t = 0.1 sec is 0.74
(b) At t = 0.1 sec is 0.37
(c) Increases with time.
(d) Decreases with time.
7. In an ac circuit shown below in figure, the supply voltage
has a constant rms value V but variable frequency f. At

(a) 1/ 2 a  (b) 3 / 2 a resonance, the circuit

(c)  2 / 3 a 
(d) 1/ 3 a 
4. The voltage time (V–t) graph for triangular wave having
peak value. V0 is as shown in figure

V
(a) has a current I given by : I 
R
The rms value of V in time interval from t = 0 to T/4 is
(b) has a resonance frequency 500 Hz
V0 (c) has a voltage across the capacitor which is 180° out of
(a)
3 phase with that across the inductor

V0 V
(b) (d) has a current given by I 
2 2
1 1
R2    
V0  
(c)
2
(d) None of these
 156
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

Match The Column Type Questions 11. Find the time required for a 50 Hz alternating current
to change its value from zero to the rms value
100
8. In series R-L-C circuit, R = 100 , C  F, and 1 
 
 in  ms  .
 2 
100
L mH, is connected to an ac source as shown in 12. A coil has a resistance of 10  an and inductance of 0.4
4
figure. 30
Henry. It is connected to an Ac source of 6.5 V, Hz.


x
The average power consumed in the circuit is W. Find
8
the value of x.
The rms value of ac voltage is 220 V and its frequency is
Subjective Questions
50 Hz. In column I some physical quantities are mentioned
while in column II information about quantities are 13. A coil has an inductance of 0.7 H and is joined in series
provided. Match the entries of column I with the entries of with a resistance of 220 . When an alternating emf of 220
column II. V at 50 cps is applied to it, then the wattless component of
Column I Column II the current in the circuit is
(a) average power dissipated in (p) zero (a) 5A (b) 0.5 A
the resistor is (c) 0.7 A (d) 7 A
(b) average power dissipated in (q) non-zero 14. An ac is given by equation I = I1 cos t + I2 sin t. The rms
the inductor is value of current is given by :
(c) average power dissipated in (r) 160 2
the capacitor is I1  I2  I1  I2 
(a) (b)
(d) RMS voltage across the (s) 185.6 2 2
capacitor is
1 I12  I 22
(c) I12  I22 (d)
Integer Type Questions 2 2
9. An LCR series with 100  resistance is connected to an
Fill in the blanks
A.C. source of 220 V and angular frequency 300 rad/sec.
When only the capacitance is removed, the current leads, 15 A uniformly wound solenoidal coil of self-inductance 1.8
the voltage by 60°. When only the inductance is removed, × 10–4 H and resistance 6 is broken up into two identical
the current leads the voltage by 60°. Calculate the current coils. These identical coils are then connected in parallel
(in A) in the LCR circuit. across a 15 V battery of negligible resistance. The time
10. The electric current in a circuit is given by i = i0 (t/) for constant for the current in the circuit is .......... s and the
steady state current through the battery is .......... A.
i0
some time. The rms current for the period t = 0 t =  is .
x
What is the value of x ?
 157
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. When an AC source of emf e = E0 sin (100t) is connected (iii) V1= 0, V2=V (c)
across a circuit, the phase difference between the emf e
and the current i in the circuit is observed to be /4, as
shown in the diagram. If the circuit consists possibly only
of R–C or R-L or L-C in series, find the relationship
between the two elements : (2003)

i (iv) I  0, V2 is (d)
proportional to I
t

(a) R = 1k , C = 10 F
(e)
(b) R = 1k , C = 1 F
(c) R = 1k , L = 10 H
(d) R = 1k , L = 1 H

Match the column

2. You are given many resistances, capacitors and inductors.
These are connected to a variable DC voltage source (the 3. A series R–C combination is connected to an AC voltage
first two circuits) or an AC voltage source of 50 Hz of angular frequency  = 500 rad/s. If the impedance of the
frequency (the next three circuits) in different ways as
R–C circuit is R 1.25 , the time constant (in millisecond)
shown in Column II. When a current I (steady state for DC
or rms for AC) flows through the circuit, the corresponding of the circuit is (2011)
voltage V1 and V2 (indicated in circuits) are related as 4. A pulse of light of duration 100 ns is absorbed completely
shown in Column I. Match the two
by a small object initially at rest. Power of the pulse is 30
[2010] 8 –1
mV and the speed of light is 3 × 10 ms . The final
Column I Column II
momentum of the object is : (2013)
(i) I  0, V1 is (a) (a) 0.3 × 10
–17 –1
kg–ms
–17 –1
(b) 1.0 × 10 kg–ms
proportional to I –17 –1
(c) 3.0 × 10 kg–ms
–17 –1
(d) 9.0 × 10 kg–ms

(ii) I  0, V2> V1 (b)

 158
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

5. At time t = 0, terminal A in the circuit shown in the figure is (c) The frequency at which the current will be in phase
connected to B by a key and an alternating current I (t) = with the voltage is independent of R
I0cos (  t), with I0 = 1 A and  = 500 rad s–1 starts flowing (d) The current will be in phase with the voltage if
7   10 4 rad . s 1
in it with the initial direction shown in the figure. At t  ,
6
7. Consider an LC circuit, with inductance L = 0.1 H and
the key is switched from B to D. Now onwards only A and
capacitance C = 10-3F, kept on a plane. The area of the
D are connected. A total charge Q flows from the battery
circuit is 1m 2 . It is placed in a constant magnetic field of
to change the capacitor fully. If C = 20  F, R = 10  and
battery is ideal with emf of 50 V, identify the correct strength Bo which is perpendicular to the plane of the
statement(s). (2014) circuit. Al time t = 0. the magnetic field strength starts
increasing linearly as B  B0   t with   0.04Ts 1 . The
maximum magnitude of the current in the circuit is
___________ mA. (2022)

8. A series LCR circuit is connected to a 45sin t  Volt

source. The resonant angular frequency of the circuit is
105 rad s 1 and current amplitude at resonance is I 0 .
(a) Magnitude of the maximum charge on the capacitor When the angular frequency of the source is
7   8  104 rad s 1 , the current amplitude in the circuit is
before t  is 1×10–-3C
6
0.05I 0 . If L  50mH , match each entry in List – I with an
(b) The current in the left part of the circuit just before appropriate value from List – II choose the correct option.
7
t is clockwise.
6
(c) Immediately after A is connected to D, the currrent in R
is 10A.
(d) Q = 2×10–3C.
6. In the circuit shown, L = 1H, C = 1F and R = 1k. They
are connected in series with an a.c. source V = V0 sin t as
shown. Which of the following options is/are correct?
(2017)

(2023)

(a) At ~0 the current flowing through the circuit (a) P  2, Q  3, R  5, S  1

becomes nearly zero
(b) P  3, Q  1, R  4, S  2
6 1
(b) At   10 rad.s , the circuit behaves like a
(c) P  4, Q  5, R  3, S  1
capacitor
(d) P  4, Q  2, R  1, S  5
 159
ALTERNATING CURRENT & ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

9. The electric field associated with an electromagnetic wave

propagating in a electric medium is given by

   107 
E  30  2 xˆ  yˆ  sin  2  5  1014 t  z   Vm 1 . Which
  3 
of the following option(s) is (are) correct?
[Given: The speed of light in vacuum, c  3  108 ms 1 ]
(2023)

7
  14 107  
B
(a) x   2  10 sin  2  5  10 t  z  Wbm 2 
  3  

7
  14 107  2

(b) By  2 10 sin  2  5  10 t  3 z  Wbm 
   
(c) The wave is polarized in the xy-plane with polarization
angle 30 with respect to the x-axis.
(d) The refractive index of the medium is 2.

Find Answer key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book

ALTERNATING CURRENT
& ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
Please share your valuable feedback by
scanning the QR code.
 160
ANSWER KEY

Answer Key
CHAPTER -4 MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT
EXERCISE - 2 :
EXERCISE - 1 :
PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE -
DIRECTION TO USE - Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
1. (b) 2.(c) 3. (b) 4. (b)
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (b)
5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (b)
9. (b) 10. (a) 11. (d) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (a)
12. 6.3 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (c)
13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (a) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b)
17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (a) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b) 29. (a) 30. (c) 31. (d) 32. (3)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (a) 33. (11.00) 34. (5) 35. ( 2 :1 )
20 36. (1.6x10-3)37. (10) 38. (a) 39. (c)
29. 30. 4.78 × 10–2 31. (c) 32. (c) 40. (b) 41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (b)
7
33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (d) 44. (c) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (c)
37. (b) 38. 0.181 39. 0.2 40. (b) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (b) 51. (c)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (b) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (d)
56. (b) 57. (d) 58. (a) 59. (a)
45. (a) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (c)
60. (b) 61. (a) 62. (d) 63. (a)
49. (c) 50. (c)
64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (9.00) 67. (68.00)
68. (10.00) 69. (1584) 70. (144.00) 71. (628.00)
72. (40.00) 73. (8.00) 74. (6.00) 75. (2.00)
76. (243.00)77. (40.00) 78. (50.00) 79. (2.00)
 161
ANSWER KEY

CHAPTER -4 MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

EXERCISE - 3 :
98. (a)
ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTION
99. (c)

100. (6.4m, 0, 0), (6.4m, 0, 2m)

101. a ) 0.14m, 450 ; (b) 4.712  10 8 s

mv 0  ˆ πm
102. (a) L= 2B q ; (b)v f =-v0 i, t AB = B q
0 0

DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. 103. 1.26 1023 Am 2
104. (F)
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (d)
105. (a) 3A , perpendicular to paper outwards;
5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (c)
9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a) b)13  10 7 T; c) 2.88  10 –6 N / m
13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (a) 106. 104 T , perpendicular to paper outwords
17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (b)  0 l 2  L2  a 2 
107. F  2 ln  a 2  k̂ ,zero)
25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (a)  
29. (a) 30. (a) 31. (a) 32. (b) 2 2
108. 1.2 10 m, 4.37  10 m )
33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (a)  
  qB   q    qB   v 0 ×B 
37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (a) 109. v  cos  m  (v 0 )   m t  (E)  sin  m t   B 
      
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (b)
110. (*)
45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (b)
111. (*)
49. (d) 50. (c) 51. (d) 52. (b) 112. (*)
53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (a)
57. (c) 58. (a) 59. (b,c) 60. (b,c)
61. (a,d) 62. (a,b) 63. (a,c) 64. (b,c,d)
65. (a,b) 66. (b,c) 67. (a,d) 68. (a,d)
69. (c,d) 70. (a,c,d) 71. (a,c) 72. (a,b,d)
73. (b,c) 74. (a,d) 75. (a,b,d) 76. (d,b)
77. (08) 78. (02) 79. (0.2 sec.)80. (b)
81. (b) 82. (d) 83. (b) 84. (d)
85. (c) 86. (a) 87. (a) 88. (a)
89. (b) 90. (b)
91. (A-R, B-S, C-P, D-Q)
92. (A-S, B-P, C-Q, D-R)
93. (A-Q, B-P, C-Q, D-P)
94. (b) 95. (c) 96. (a) 97. (b)
 162
ANSWER KEY

CHAPTER -4 MAGNETIC EFFECTS OF CURRENT

EXERCISE - 4 :

DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 22.(a) 23. (a, c, d) 24. (07)

25.(c) 26. (b, d) 27. (c) 28. (b)
  qV I ˆ   
5. (a ) F   0 0 k; ˆ F  4BIRiˆ )
(b)F1  F2  2BIRi, 29.(a, d) 30. (a, c) 31. (a, c) 32. (d)
4R
33.(*) 34. (2m/s) 35. (b)
6. a ) 6.54  10 5 T 36.(04.0) 37. (c) 38. (c)
(vertically upword or outward normal to the paper);
b) Zero 8.1 106 N (inward))
7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (b)

mg
12. (a ) P to Q;(b)lbB0 (3kˆ  4i);(c)
ˆ
6 bB 0

dT0
13. ωmax 
BQR 2
14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (d)
1
18. ( )
2

2BiNA BNAπ
19. (a) k=BNA, (b)K  ; (c) Q
π 21i

20. (A)  P;(B)  P,Q,S;(C)  Q,S,R;(D)  Q,R

21. (A)  Q, R;(B)  P; (C)  Q 4 R; (D)  Q,S

 163
ANSWER KEY

Answer Key
CHAPTER -5 MAGNETISM AND MATTER

EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c) 1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b)

5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (c)
9. (c) 10. (a) 11. (d) 12. (d) 9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (a) 12. (a)
13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (c) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (c)
17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (b)
 164
ANSWER KEY

Answer Key
CHAPTER -6 ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b) 1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b)

5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (7) 8. (30) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (d)
9. (9.60) 10. (2) 11. (32) 12. (c) 9. (c) 10. (440) 11. (16x10-3) 12. (b)
13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (d) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (b)
17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (30.00)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (d) 21. (44.00) 22. (240) 23. (4.00) 24. (9.00)
25. (0.20) 26. (b) 27. (10) 28. (b) 25. (18.00) 26. (44.00) 27. (8.00) 28. (150)
29. (d) 30. (4.02) 31. (c) 32. (d) 29. (50.00) 30. (88.00) 31. (60.00)
33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (d)
37. (3) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (a)
45. (b) 46. (a) 47. (d)
 165
ANSWER KEY

CHAPTER -6 ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

EXERCISE - 3 :
R  2x i , 2 i 2 m 
ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTION 55. (i) v  (ii) F  B2 d 2 (R  2 lx)  idB 
Bd 
56. (a) 3 V, 40.5 W , (b) (i) 0.6 A ,

(ii) 1.386  10 s, 4.5  10 J 

3 4

B 0 av
57. (a) i  , anticlockwise,
R

B 02 a 2 v
(b) F   ĵ ,
R
DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
(c) v 
g
K
  B2a 2
mR
g gmR
1  e  kT Where K  0 , v1   2 2 )
K B0 a
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b)
5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 7 6 1
9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (b) 58. ( A  E to A  ,  B to E  , A  F to E 
22 22 22
13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a)
17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (d) 59. ( 0.02 m / s , direction of induced current is clockwise)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b)
1 Br 2
25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 60. (a) , (b) anticlockwise)
29. (d) 30. (b) 31. (d) 32. (d) 2 R
33. (b)
mgR g
34. (a) 10 4 A/s , (b) Zero, (c) 2.0 A , (d) 1.732  10 4 C  61. (a) v  2 2 , (b) a 
B L 2

35. (b,d) 62.  v  1m / s, R1  0.47, R 2  0.3 

36. (a,b,c,d)
Br 2    t 
R
37. (c,d) Br 2 
63. (a) e  , (b) (i) i  1 e  L   ,
38. (a,d) 2 2R  
 
39. (a,b,d)
40. (a,c,d)
B2r 4 mgr
41. (b,c,d) (ii) net   cos t
42. (a,d) 4R 2
43. (a,c,d) 64. (d)
44. (b,d) 65. (b)
45. (b,d) 66. (a)
46. (02) 67. (a)
47. (04) 68. (a)
48. (04) 69. (b)
49. (04) 70. (a)
50. (30) 71. (a)
51. (03)
52. (3.465 s)
53. (a–p; b–r; c–s; d–q)
54. (a–p; b–r; c–r; d–r,s)
 166
ANSWER KEY

CHAPTER -6 ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

EXERCISE - 4 :
PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (b) 2. (d)
3. (35.6°C) 4. (d)
5. (a)
6. (12e 5t V, 6e 10t A (clockwise)
7. (d)
8. (b)
d di
9. (a)  iR  L ,
dt dt

1   0I 0 
(b)  n 2   Li1  ,
R  2 

T
(c)
n 4 
10. (b)

4
11. (R  r1  r2 
3

 0 Ldna 2 I 0 cos  t 
12.  i  
 2 R 
13.(c) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (b,d)
17.(a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21.(d) 22. (b,d) 23. (06) 24.(b)
25.(a) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28.(b)
29.(08) 30. (a,c) 31. (a,b) 32. (b,d)
33.(b,d) 34. (0.63) 35. (055.00) 36. (a)
37. (d) 38. (4.00)
 167
ANSWER KEY

Answer Key
CHAPTER -7 ALTERNATING CURRENT AND ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a) 1.(a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (d)

5. (17) 6. (4) 7. (2) 8. (7) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b)
9. (3) 10. (3) 11. (b) 12. (a) 9. (d) 10. (2000) 11. (900) 12.(10)
13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (53) 16. (d) 13.(282.84) 14. 415.(15.00) 16.(667.00) 17.(137.00)
17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (b) 18.(3.00) 19.(6.00) 20. (b) 21.(c)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (c) 22. (c) 23.(d) 24. (c) 25. (b)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (c) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (b)
29. (b) 30. (a) 31. (b) 32. (d) 30. (c) 31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (c)
33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (a) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (242)
37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (c) 38. (4) 39. (22) 40. (975) 41. (400)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (2) 44. (c) 42. (0) 43. (0) 44. (15) 45. (100)
45. (b) 46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (30) 46. (5.03x102) 47. (3) 48. (250) 49. (1)
49. (a) 50. (5000) 50. (10) 51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (c)
54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (b) 57. (a)
58. (c) 59. (b) 60. (b) 61. (c)
62. (a) 63. (a) 64. (c) 65. (d)
66. (b) 67. (c) 68. (b) 69. (c)
70. (8x10-3) 71. (84x10-2) 72. (a) 73. (a)
74. (b) 75. (a) 76. (b) 77. (d)
78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (b) 81. (d)
82. (a) 83. (a) 84. (10.00) 85. (3.00)
86. (100.00) 87. (8.00) 88. (3872) 89. (242)
90. (25.00) 91. (40.00) 92. (4.00) 93. (625)
94. (25.00) 95. (a) 96. (a) 97. (a)
98. (a) 99. (c) 100. (b) 101. (d)
102. (a) 103. (b) 104. (a) 105. (c)
106. (a) 107. (c) 108. (b) 109. (a)
110. (a) 111. (c) 112. (5.00) 113. (20.00)
 168
ANSWER KEY

CHAPTER -7 ALTERNATING CURRENT AND ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES

EXERCISE - 3 : EXERCISE - 4 :
ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTION PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

DIRECTION TO USE -
DIRECTION TO USE -
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.

1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (b) 1. (a)

2. (i  c, d, e ; ii  b, c, d, e ; iii  a, b ; iv  b, c, d, e)
4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (b,d) 3. (4) 4. (b) 5. (c,d)
7. (a,b,c) 6. (a,c) 7. (4.00) 8. (b)
9. (a,d)
8. (a – q, s; b – p; c – p; d – q, r)
9. (02)
10. (03)
11. (05)
12. (05)
13. (d)
14. (c)
15. (3 × 10–5, 10)